Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
d2912cb1 | 1 | /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
f0706e82 | 2 | /* |
3017b80b JB |
3 | * mac80211 <-> driver interface |
4 | * | |
f0706e82 JB |
5 | * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. |
6 | * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> | |
026331c4 | 7 | * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
d98ad83e | 8 | * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
e38a017b | 9 | * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
b82730bf | 10 | * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2024 Intel Corporation |
f0706e82 JB |
11 | */ |
12 | ||
13 | #ifndef MAC80211_H | |
14 | #define MAC80211_H | |
15 | ||
187f1882 | 16 | #include <linux/bug.h> |
f0706e82 JB |
17 | #include <linux/kernel.h> |
18 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> | |
19 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> | |
f0706e82 | 20 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
65fd846c | 21 | #include <linux/lockdep.h> |
f0706e82 | 22 | #include <net/cfg80211.h> |
5caa328e | 23 | #include <net/codel.h> |
41cbb0f5 | 24 | #include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h> |
42d98795 | 25 | #include <asm/unaligned.h> |
f0706e82 | 26 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
27 | /** |
28 | * DOC: Introduction | |
29 | * | |
30 | * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements | |
31 | * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document | |
32 | * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware | |
33 | * drivers. | |
34 | */ | |
35 | ||
36 | /** | |
37 | * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts | |
38 | * | |
39 | * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be | |
f0706e82 JB |
40 | * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any |
41 | * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such | |
42 | * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the | |
2485f710 JB |
43 | * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even |
44 | * tasklet function. | |
45 | * | |
46 | * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also | |
6ef307bc | 47 | * use the non-IRQ-safe functions! |
f0706e82 JB |
48 | */ |
49 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
50 | /** |
51 | * DOC: Warning | |
52 | * | |
53 | * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will | |
54 | * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. | |
55 | */ | |
56 | ||
57 | /** | |
58 | * DOC: Frame format | |
59 | * | |
60 | * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, | |
61 | * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are | |
62 | * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the | |
63 | * hardware. | |
64 | * | |
65 | * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: | |
66 | * | |
67 | * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload | |
68 | * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. | |
69 | * | |
70 | * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to | |
71 | * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. | |
f0706e82 JB |
72 | */ |
73 | ||
42935eca LR |
74 | /** |
75 | * DOC: mac80211 workqueue | |
76 | * | |
77 | * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. | |
78 | * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by | |
79 | * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the | |
80 | * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. | |
81 | * | |
cbb56fba | 82 | * mac80211 will flush the workqueue upon interface removal and during |
42935eca LR |
83 | * suspend. |
84 | * | |
85 | * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. | |
86 | * | |
87 | */ | |
88 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
89 | /** |
90 | * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing | |
91 | * | |
c850e31f AW |
92 | * mac80211 uses an intermediate queueing implementation, designed to allow the |
93 | * driver to keep hardware queues short and to provide some fairness between | |
94 | * different stations/interfaces. | |
ba8c3d6f | 95 | * |
c850e31f AW |
96 | * Drivers must provide the .wake_tx_queue driver operation by either |
97 | * linking it to ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() or implementing a custom | |
98 | * handler. | |
ba8c3d6f | 99 | * |
adf8ed01 JB |
100 | * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with |
101 | * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and | |
102 | * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
103 | * |
104 | * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations | |
105 | * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops. | |
106 | * | |
c850e31f AW |
107 | * The driver can't access the internal TX queues (iTXQs) directly. |
108 | * Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue | |
109 | * driver op. | |
110 | * Drivers implementing a custom .wake_tx_queue op can get them by calling | |
111 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Drivers using ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() will | |
112 | * simply get the individual frames pushed via the .tx driver operation. | |
18667600 THJ |
113 | * |
114 | * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to | |
115 | * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to | |
116 | * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls | |
117 | * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using | |
118 | * ieee80211_return_txq(). | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
119 | * |
120 | * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has | |
121 | * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling | |
122 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq | |
123 | * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls | |
124 | * .release_buffered_frames(). | |
125 | * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own | |
126 | * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained | |
127 | * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue). | |
128 | */ | |
129 | ||
f9202638 AS |
130 | /** |
131 | * DOC: HW timestamping | |
132 | * | |
133 | * Timing Measurement and Fine Timing Measurement require accurate timestamps | |
134 | * of the action frames TX/RX and their respective acks. | |
135 | * | |
136 | * To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine Timing | |
137 | * Measurement frame RX, the low level driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp | |
138 | * field to the frame RX timestamp and report the ack TX timestamp in the | |
139 | * ieee80211_rx_status struct. | |
140 | * | |
cbb56fba | 141 | * Similarly, to report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine |
f9202638 AS |
142 | * Timing Measurement frame TX, the driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp field |
143 | * to the frame TX timestamp and report the ack RX timestamp in the | |
144 | * ieee80211_tx_status struct. | |
145 | */ | |
313162d0 PG |
146 | struct device; |
147 | ||
e100bb64 JB |
148 | /** |
149 | * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues | |
150 | * | |
151 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. | |
445ea4e8 | 152 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set |
e100bb64 JB |
153 | */ |
154 | enum ieee80211_max_queues { | |
3a25a8c8 | 155 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16, |
445ea4e8 | 156 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1, |
e100bb64 JB |
157 | }; |
158 | ||
3a25a8c8 JB |
159 | #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff |
160 | ||
4bce22b9 JB |
161 | /** |
162 | * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 | |
163 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice | |
164 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video | |
165 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort | |
166 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background | |
167 | */ | |
168 | enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { | |
169 | IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, | |
170 | IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, | |
171 | IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, | |
172 | IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, | |
173 | }; | |
174 | ||
6b301cdf JB |
175 | /** |
176 | * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration | |
177 | * | |
178 | * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS | |
3330d7be | 179 | * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. |
6b301cdf | 180 | * |
e37d4dff | 181 | * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
f434b2d1 JB |
182 | * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form |
183 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] | |
6b301cdf | 184 | * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] |
3330d7be | 185 | * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
908f8d07 | 186 | * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category |
9d173fc5 | 187 | * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue |
41cbb0f5 LC |
188 | * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured |
189 | * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE | |
6b301cdf | 190 | */ |
f0706e82 | 191 | struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { |
f434b2d1 | 192 | u16 txop; |
3330d7be JB |
193 | u16 cw_min; |
194 | u16 cw_max; | |
f434b2d1 | 195 | u8 aifs; |
908f8d07 | 196 | bool acm; |
ab13315a | 197 | bool uapsd; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
198 | bool mu_edca; |
199 | struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec; | |
f0706e82 JB |
200 | }; |
201 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
202 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { |
203 | unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; | |
204 | unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; | |
205 | unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; | |
206 | unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; | |
207 | }; | |
208 | ||
d01a1e65 MK |
209 | /** |
210 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context | |
4bf88530 | 211 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed |
04ecd257 | 212 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed |
164eb02d | 213 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed |
73da7d5b SW |
214 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel, |
215 | * this is used only with channel switching with CSA | |
21f659bf | 216 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed |
761748f0 JB |
217 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_AP: The AP channel definition changed, so (wider |
218 | * bandwidth) OFDMA settings need to be changed | |
b82730bf JB |
219 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_PUNCTURING: The punctured channel(s) bitmap |
220 | * was changed. | |
d01a1e65 MK |
221 | */ |
222 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_change { | |
4bf88530 | 223 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0), |
04ecd257 | 224 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1), |
164eb02d | 225 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2), |
73da7d5b | 226 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3), |
21f659bf | 227 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4), |
761748f0 | 228 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_AP = BIT(5), |
b82730bf | 229 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_PUNCTURING = BIT(6), |
d01a1e65 MK |
230 | }; |
231 | ||
6092077a JB |
232 | /** |
233 | * struct ieee80211_chan_req - A channel "request" | |
234 | * @oper: channel definition to use for operation | |
761748f0 JB |
235 | * @ap: the channel definition of the AP, if any |
236 | * (otherwise the chan member is %NULL) | |
6092077a JB |
237 | */ |
238 | struct ieee80211_chan_req { | |
239 | struct cfg80211_chan_def oper; | |
761748f0 | 240 | struct cfg80211_chan_def ap; |
6092077a JB |
241 | }; |
242 | ||
d01a1e65 MK |
243 | /** |
244 | * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to | |
245 | * | |
246 | * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx | |
247 | * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only. | |
248 | * | |
4bf88530 | 249 | * @def: the channel definition |
21f659bf | 250 | * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required. |
761748f0 JB |
251 | * @ap: the channel definition the AP actually is operating as, |
252 | * for use with (wider bandwidth) OFDMA | |
04ecd257 JB |
253 | * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be |
254 | * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions | |
255 | * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled | |
256 | * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions; | |
5d7fad48 | 257 | * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static. |
164eb02d | 258 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel. |
d01a1e65 MK |
259 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
260 | * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. | |
261 | */ | |
262 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf { | |
4bf88530 | 263 | struct cfg80211_chan_def def; |
21f659bf | 264 | struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def; |
761748f0 | 265 | struct cfg80211_chan_def ap; |
d01a1e65 | 266 | |
04ecd257 JB |
267 | u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic; |
268 | ||
164eb02d SW |
269 | bool radar_enabled; |
270 | ||
3c23215b | 271 | u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
d01a1e65 MK |
272 | }; |
273 | ||
1a5f0c13 LC |
274 | /** |
275 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode | |
276 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already | |
277 | * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface | |
278 | * needs to be switched from one to the other. | |
279 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop | |
280 | * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but | |
281 | * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches | |
282 | * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course | |
283 | * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing | |
284 | * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context | |
285 | * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used | |
286 | * for changes/removal.) | |
287 | */ | |
288 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode { | |
289 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF, | |
290 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS, | |
291 | }; | |
292 | ||
293 | /** | |
294 | * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information | |
295 | * | |
296 | * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that | |
297 | * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The | |
298 | * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be | |
299 | * done. | |
300 | * | |
301 | * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx | |
727eff4d | 302 | * @link_conf: the link conf that's switching |
1a5f0c13 LC |
303 | * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned |
304 | * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned | |
305 | */ | |
306 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch { | |
307 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | |
727eff4d | 308 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf; |
1a5f0c13 LC |
309 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx; |
310 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx; | |
311 | }; | |
312 | ||
471b3efd JB |
313 | /** |
314 | * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags | |
315 | * | |
7b7090b4 JB |
316 | * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed(), link_info_changed() |
317 | * and vif_cfg_changed() callbacks to indicate which parameter(s) changed. | |
471b3efd JB |
318 | * |
319 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), | |
320 | * also implies a change in the AID. | |
321 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed | |
322 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed | |
9f1ba906 | 323 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed |
38668c05 | 324 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed |
96dd22ac | 325 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed |
57c4d7b4 | 326 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed |
2d0ddec5 JB |
327 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever |
328 | * reason (IBSS and managed mode) | |
329 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve | |
330 | * new beacon (beaconing modes) | |
331 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be | |
332 | * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) | |
a97c13c3 | 333 | * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed |
8fc214ba | 334 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed |
68542962 | 335 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. |
4ced3f74 JB |
336 | * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note |
337 | * that it is only ever disabled for station mode. | |
7da7cc1d | 338 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. |
0ca54f6c | 339 | * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode) |
02945821 | 340 | * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode) |
ab095877 | 341 | * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode) |
1ea6f9c0 | 342 | * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface |
488dd7b5 | 343 | * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS) |
52cfa1d6 | 344 | * changed |
989c6505 AB |
345 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available: |
346 | * currently dtim_period only is under consideration. | |
2c9b7359 JB |
347 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed, |
348 | * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel | |
349 | * context had been assigned. | |
239281f8 | 350 | * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed |
23a1f8d4 | 351 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed |
e38a017b AS |
352 | * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected |
353 | * keep alive) changed. | |
dcbe73ca | 354 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface |
ae4a50ee | 355 | * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder |
bc847970 | 356 | * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode). |
c9d3245e | 357 | * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed |
1ced169c | 358 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed. |
dd56e902 | 359 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed |
295b02c4 | 360 | * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed. |
632189a0 AD |
361 | * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response |
362 | * status changed. | |
041a74cb | 363 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MLD_VALID_LINKS: MLD valid links status changed. |
8f500fbc | 364 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MLD_TTLM: TID to link mapping was changed |
471b3efd JB |
365 | */ |
366 | enum ieee80211_bss_change { | |
367 | BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, | |
368 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1, | |
369 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2, | |
9f1ba906 | 370 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3, |
a7ce1c94 | 371 | BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, |
96dd22ac | 372 | BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, |
57c4d7b4 | 373 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, |
2d0ddec5 JB |
374 | BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7, |
375 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8, | |
376 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, | |
a97c13c3 | 377 | BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10, |
8fc214ba | 378 | BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11, |
68542962 | 379 | BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12, |
4ced3f74 | 380 | BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13, |
7da7cc1d | 381 | BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14, |
7827493b | 382 | BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15, |
02945821 | 383 | BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16, |
ab095877 | 384 | BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17, |
1ea6f9c0 | 385 | BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18, |
488dd7b5 | 386 | BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19, |
989c6505 | 387 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20, |
2c9b7359 | 388 | BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21, |
239281f8 | 389 | BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22, |
23a1f8d4 | 390 | BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23, |
e38a017b | 391 | BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24, |
dcbe73ca | 392 | BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25, |
bc847970 | 393 | BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26, |
c9d3245e | 394 | BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27, |
1ced169c | 395 | BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28, |
dd56e902 | 396 | BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29, |
295b02c4 | 397 | BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30, |
632189a0 | 398 | BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31, |
041a74cb | 399 | BSS_CHANGED_MLD_VALID_LINKS = BIT_ULL(33), |
8f500fbc | 400 | BSS_CHANGED_MLD_TTLM = BIT_ULL(34), |
ac8dd506 JB |
401 | |
402 | /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ | |
471b3efd JB |
403 | }; |
404 | ||
68542962 JO |
405 | /* |
406 | * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number | |
407 | * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP | |
408 | * filtering will be disabled. | |
409 | */ | |
410 | #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 | |
411 | ||
615f7b9b | 412 | /** |
a8182929 EG |
413 | * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver |
414 | * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver. | |
a9409093 | 415 | * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME |
6382246e | 416 | * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received |
b497de63 EG |
417 | * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because |
418 | * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only | |
419 | * once each time the timeout triggers. | |
615f7b9b | 420 | */ |
a8182929 EG |
421 | enum ieee80211_event_type { |
422 | RSSI_EVENT, | |
a9409093 | 423 | MLME_EVENT, |
6382246e | 424 | BAR_RX_EVENT, |
b497de63 | 425 | BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT, |
a8182929 EG |
426 | }; |
427 | ||
428 | /** | |
429 | * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT | |
430 | * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver. | |
431 | * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver. | |
432 | */ | |
433 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data { | |
615f7b9b MV |
434 | RSSI_EVENT_HIGH, |
435 | RSSI_EVENT_LOW, | |
436 | }; | |
437 | ||
a8182929 | 438 | /** |
a839e463 | 439 | * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT |
a8182929 EG |
440 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data |
441 | */ | |
442 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event { | |
443 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data; | |
444 | }; | |
445 | ||
a9409093 EG |
446 | /** |
447 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT | |
448 | * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication | |
d0d1a12f | 449 | * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association |
a90faa9d EG |
450 | * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received.. |
451 | * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent. | |
a9409093 EG |
452 | */ |
453 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data { | |
454 | AUTH_EVENT, | |
d0d1a12f | 455 | ASSOC_EVENT, |
a90faa9d EG |
456 | DEAUTH_RX_EVENT, |
457 | DEAUTH_TX_EVENT, | |
a9409093 EG |
458 | }; |
459 | ||
460 | /** | |
461 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT | |
462 | * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully. | |
463 | * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer. | |
464 | * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out. | |
465 | */ | |
466 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status { | |
467 | MLME_SUCCESS, | |
468 | MLME_DENIED, | |
469 | MLME_TIMEOUT, | |
470 | }; | |
471 | ||
472 | /** | |
a839e463 | 473 | * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT |
a9409093 EG |
474 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data |
475 | * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status | |
476 | * @reason: the reason code if applicable | |
477 | */ | |
478 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event { | |
479 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data; | |
480 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status; | |
481 | u16 reason; | |
482 | }; | |
483 | ||
6382246e EG |
484 | /** |
485 | * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events | |
486 | * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates | |
487 | * @tid: the tid | |
b497de63 | 488 | * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT) |
6382246e EG |
489 | */ |
490 | struct ieee80211_ba_event { | |
491 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
492 | u16 tid; | |
493 | u16 ssn; | |
494 | }; | |
495 | ||
a8182929 EG |
496 | /** |
497 | * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver | |
a839e463 | 498 | * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type. |
756df985 JC |
499 | * @u.rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT |
500 | * @u.mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT | |
501 | * @u.ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT | |
6382246e | 502 | * @u:union holding the fields above |
a8182929 EG |
503 | */ |
504 | struct ieee80211_event { | |
505 | enum ieee80211_event_type type; | |
506 | union { | |
507 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi; | |
a9409093 | 508 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme; |
6382246e | 509 | struct ieee80211_ba_event ba; |
a8182929 EG |
510 | } u; |
511 | }; | |
512 | ||
23a1f8d4 SS |
513 | /** |
514 | * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data | |
515 | * | |
516 | * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO | |
517 | * | |
518 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group | |
519 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group | |
520 | */ | |
521 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data { | |
522 | u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN]; | |
523 | u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN]; | |
524 | }; | |
525 | ||
bc847970 | 526 | /** |
3453de98 | 527 | * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters |
bc847970 PKC |
528 | * |
529 | * @lci: LCI subelement content | |
530 | * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content | |
531 | * @lci_len: LCI data length | |
532 | * @civicloc_len: Civic data length | |
533 | */ | |
534 | struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params { | |
535 | const u8 *lci; | |
536 | const u8 *civicloc; | |
537 | size_t lci_len; | |
538 | size_t civicloc_len; | |
539 | }; | |
540 | ||
295b02c4 AD |
541 | /** |
542 | * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from | |
543 | * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. | |
544 | * | |
545 | * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) | |
546 | * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) | |
547 | */ | |
548 | struct ieee80211_fils_discovery { | |
549 | u32 min_interval; | |
550 | u32 max_interval; | |
551 | }; | |
552 | ||
471b3efd JB |
553 | /** |
554 | * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters | |
555 | * | |
556 | * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association | |
557 | * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. | |
558 | * | |
e1f113cc | 559 | * @vif: reference to owning VIF |
d73fbaf2 MK |
560 | * @bss: the cfg80211 bss descriptor. Valid only for a station, and only |
561 | * when associated. Note: This contains information which is not | |
562 | * necessarily authenticated. For example, information coming from probe | |
563 | * responses. | |
d8787ec6 | 564 | * @addr: (link) address used locally |
3fbddae4 | 565 | * @link_id: link ID, or 0 for non-MLO |
41cbb0f5 | 566 | * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE |
41cbb0f5 | 567 | * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP |
41cbb0f5 LC |
568 | * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field |
569 | * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us | |
570 | * @he_support: does this BSS support HE | |
55ebd6e6 EG |
571 | * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
572 | * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) | |
a0de1ca3 JC |
573 | * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
574 | * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) | |
d46b4ab8 | 575 | * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames |
d8b26154 | 576 | * @twt_broadcast: does this BSS support broadcast TWT |
471b3efd | 577 | * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection |
ea1b2b45 JB |
578 | * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble |
579 | * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP) | |
56007a02 | 580 | * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, |
c65dd147 | 581 | * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified |
989c6505 | 582 | * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then. |
8c358bcd | 583 | * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old |
ef429dad JB |
584 | * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the |
585 | * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can | |
586 | * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after | |
587 | * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the | |
2ecc3905 | 588 | * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
8c358bcd JB |
589 | * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf, |
590 | * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation | |
2ecc3905 | 591 | * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
ef429dad JB |
592 | * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY |
593 | * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts. | |
2ecc3905 AB |
594 | * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync |
595 | * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently | |
596 | * guaranteed only in certain callbacks. | |
f276e20b JB |
597 | * Note also that this is not used with MLD associations, mac80211 doesn't |
598 | * know how to track beacons for all of the links for this. | |
21c0cbe7 | 599 | * @beacon_int: beacon interval |
98f7dfd8 | 600 | * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp |
96dd22ac JB |
601 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an |
602 | * index into the rate table configured by the driver in | |
603 | * the current band. | |
817cee76 | 604 | * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate |
dd5b4cc7 | 605 | * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
2d0ddec5 JB |
606 | * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS |
607 | * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not | |
6092077a | 608 | * @chanreq: Channel request for this BSS -- the hardware might be |
4bf88530 | 609 | * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example. |
23a1f8d4 | 610 | * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data |
074d46d1 | 611 | * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation. |
22f66895 AA |
612 | * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel. |
613 | * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must | |
614 | * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT. | |
a97c13c3 | 615 | * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value |
e86abc68 JB |
616 | * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should |
617 | * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in | |
618 | * relation to the newly configured threshold. | |
2c3c5f8c AZ |
619 | * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value |
620 | * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single | |
621 | * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it. | |
622 | * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold. | |
a97c13c3 | 623 | * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis |
4ced3f74 | 624 | * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. |
7827493b | 625 | * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode. |
db6d9e9e | 626 | * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured. |
db82d8a9 LB |
627 | * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit |
628 | * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular | |
629 | * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is | |
630 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from | |
631 | * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to | |
632 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) | |
67baf663 | 633 | * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave |
52cfa1d6 AB |
634 | * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed |
635 | * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS | |
636 | * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support. | |
e38a017b AS |
637 | * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from |
638 | * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated. | |
639 | * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include | |
640 | * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element. | |
641 | * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN | |
642 | * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the | |
643 | * station. | |
bc847970 PKC |
644 | * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM |
645 | * responder functionality. | |
646 | * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder. | |
78ac51f8 SS |
647 | * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile |
648 | * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP | |
649 | * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set | |
650 | * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set | |
651 | * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of | |
652 | * nontransmitted BSSIDs | |
653 | * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received | |
654 | * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set. | |
70debba3 PKC |
655 | * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are |
656 | * connected to (STA) | |
1ced169c | 657 | * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters. |
dd56e902 | 658 | * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE |
295b02c4 | 659 | * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration |
632189a0 AD |
660 | * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response |
661 | * interval. | |
ba6ff70a RM |
662 | * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed |
663 | * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware. | |
405fca8a | 664 | * @power_type: power type of BSS for 6 GHz |
63214f02 WG |
665 | * @tx_pwr_env: transmit power envelope array of BSS. |
666 | * @tx_pwr_env_num: number of @tx_pwr_env. | |
667 | * @pwr_reduction: power constraint of BSS. | |
a1de6407 | 668 | * @eht_support: does this BSS support EHT |
076fc877 | 669 | * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. |
d0a9123e JB |
670 | * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability |
671 | * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL | |
672 | * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX | |
673 | * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always | |
674 | * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be | |
675 | * processed after it switches back to %NULL. | |
076fc877 | 676 | * @color_change_active: marks whether a color change is ongoing. |
d0a9123e | 677 | * @color_change_color: the bss color that will be used after the change. |
2ad7dd94 RL |
678 | * @ht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HT LDPC capability. |
679 | * @vht_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has VHT LDPC capability. | |
680 | * @he_ldpc: in AP mode, indicates interface has HE LDPC capability. | |
42470fa0 MS |
681 | * @vht_su_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU |
682 | * beamformer | |
683 | * @vht_su_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU | |
684 | * beamformee | |
685 | * @vht_mu_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU | |
686 | * beamformer | |
687 | * @vht_mu_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU | |
688 | * beamformee | |
b1b3297d MS |
689 | * @he_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU |
690 | * beamformer | |
691 | * @he_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU | |
692 | * beamformee | |
693 | * @he_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE MU | |
694 | * beamformer | |
695 | * @he_full_ul_mumimo: does this BSS support the reception (AP) or transmission | |
696 | * (non-AP STA) of an HE TB PPDU on an RU that spans the entire PPDU | |
697 | * bandwidth | |
f4d1181e RL |
698 | * @eht_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU |
699 | * beamformer | |
700 | * @eht_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT SU | |
701 | * beamformee | |
702 | * @eht_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS enable operation as an EHT MU | |
703 | * beamformer | |
471b3efd JB |
704 | */ |
705 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf { | |
e1f113cc | 706 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
d73fbaf2 | 707 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
e1f113cc | 708 | |
2d0ddec5 | 709 | const u8 *bssid; |
3fbddae4 | 710 | unsigned int link_id; |
d8787ec6 | 711 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
41cbb0f5 | 712 | u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext; |
41cbb0f5 | 713 | bool uora_exists; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
714 | u8 uora_ocw_range; |
715 | u16 frame_time_rts_th; | |
716 | bool he_support; | |
55ebd6e6 | 717 | bool twt_requester; |
a0de1ca3 | 718 | bool twt_responder; |
d46b4ab8 | 719 | bool twt_protected; |
d8b26154 | 720 | bool twt_broadcast; |
471b3efd JB |
721 | /* erp related data */ |
722 | bool use_cts_prot; | |
723 | bool use_short_preamble; | |
9f1ba906 | 724 | bool use_short_slot; |
2d0ddec5 | 725 | bool enable_beacon; |
98f7dfd8 | 726 | u8 dtim_period; |
21c0cbe7 TW |
727 | u16 beacon_int; |
728 | u16 assoc_capability; | |
8c358bcd JB |
729 | u64 sync_tsf; |
730 | u32 sync_device_ts; | |
ef429dad | 731 | u8 sync_dtim_count; |
881d948c | 732 | u32 basic_rates; |
817cee76 | 733 | struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate; |
57fbcce3 | 734 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
9ed6bcce | 735 | u16 ht_operation_mode; |
a97c13c3 JO |
736 | s32 cqm_rssi_thold; |
737 | u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; | |
2c3c5f8c AZ |
738 | s32 cqm_rssi_low; |
739 | s32 cqm_rssi_high; | |
6092077a | 740 | struct ieee80211_chan_req chanreq; |
23a1f8d4 | 741 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group; |
4ced3f74 | 742 | bool qos; |
7827493b | 743 | bool hidden_ssid; |
1ea6f9c0 | 744 | int txpower; |
db82d8a9 | 745 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type; |
67baf663 | 746 | struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr; |
52cfa1d6 | 747 | bool allow_p2p_go_ps; |
e38a017b AS |
748 | u16 max_idle_period; |
749 | bool protected_keep_alive; | |
bc847970 PKC |
750 | bool ftm_responder; |
751 | struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params; | |
78ac51f8 SS |
752 | /* Multiple BSSID data */ |
753 | bool nontransmitted; | |
754 | u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; | |
755 | u8 bssid_index; | |
756 | u8 bssid_indicator; | |
757 | bool ema_ap; | |
758 | u8 profile_periodicity; | |
60689de4 RM |
759 | struct { |
760 | u32 params; | |
761 | u16 nss_set; | |
762 | } he_oper; | |
1ced169c | 763 | struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
dd56e902 | 764 | struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; |
295b02c4 | 765 | struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
632189a0 | 766 | u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval; |
ba6ff70a | 767 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate; |
405fca8a | 768 | enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power power_type; |
63214f02 WG |
769 | struct ieee80211_tx_pwr_env tx_pwr_env[IEEE80211_TPE_MAX_IE_COUNT]; |
770 | u8 tx_pwr_env_num; | |
771 | u8 pwr_reduction; | |
a1de6407 | 772 | bool eht_support; |
d0a9123e JB |
773 | |
774 | bool csa_active; | |
2cc25e4b | 775 | |
d0a9123e JB |
776 | bool mu_mimo_owner; |
777 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf; | |
778 | ||
779 | bool color_change_active; | |
780 | u8 color_change_color; | |
42470fa0 | 781 | |
2ad7dd94 RL |
782 | bool ht_ldpc; |
783 | bool vht_ldpc; | |
784 | bool he_ldpc; | |
42470fa0 MS |
785 | bool vht_su_beamformer; |
786 | bool vht_su_beamformee; | |
787 | bool vht_mu_beamformer; | |
788 | bool vht_mu_beamformee; | |
b1b3297d MS |
789 | bool he_su_beamformer; |
790 | bool he_su_beamformee; | |
791 | bool he_mu_beamformer; | |
792 | bool he_full_ul_mumimo; | |
f4d1181e RL |
793 | bool eht_su_beamformer; |
794 | bool eht_su_beamformee; | |
795 | bool eht_mu_beamformer; | |
471b3efd JB |
796 | }; |
797 | ||
11f4b1ce | 798 | /** |
af61a165 | 799 | * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status |
e039fa4a | 800 | * |
6ef307bc | 801 | * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. |
e039fa4a | 802 | * |
7351c6bd | 803 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. |
e6a9854b JB |
804 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence |
805 | * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment | |
806 | * number and increasing the sequence number only when the | |
807 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly | |
808 | * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly | |
809 | * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from | |
810 | * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. | |
811 | * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to | |
812 | * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE | |
813 | * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for | |
814 | * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. | |
e039fa4a | 815 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack |
e039fa4a JB |
816 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination |
817 | * station | |
e039fa4a | 818 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame |
e039fa4a JB |
819 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon |
820 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU | |
e6a9854b | 821 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. |
e039fa4a | 822 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted |
ab5b5342 JB |
823 | * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to |
824 | * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or | |
825 | * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station | |
826 | * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on | |
827 | * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for | |
828 | * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), | |
829 | * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the | |
830 | * hardware queue. | |
e039fa4a JB |
831 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged |
832 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status | |
833 | * is for the whole aggregation. | |
429a3805 RR |
834 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, |
835 | * so consider using block ack request (BAR). | |
e6a9854b JB |
836 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be |
837 | * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will | |
838 | * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) | |
6c17b77b SF |
839 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate |
840 | * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for | |
841 | * off-channel operation. | |
cc20ff2c FF |
842 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation |
843 | * (header conversion) | |
8f77f384 JB |
844 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, |
845 | * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS | |
3b8d81e0 JB |
846 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, |
847 | * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted | |
02f2f1a9 JB |
848 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll |
849 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must | |
850 | * be sent although the station is in powersave mode. | |
ad5351db JB |
851 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the |
852 | * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used | |
853 | * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the | |
854 | * queue gets full. | |
c6fcf6bc JB |
855 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted |
856 | * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not | |
857 | * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) | |
1672c0e3 JB |
858 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME |
859 | * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status | |
860 | * should kick the MLME state machine. | |
026331c4 JM |
861 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 |
862 | * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX | |
863 | * status to user space) | |
0a56bd0a | 864 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame |
f79d9bad FF |
865 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this |
866 | * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. | |
610dbc98 JB |
867 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on |
868 | * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done | |
869 | * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be | |
870 | * handled properly by the device. | |
681d1190 JM |
871 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP |
872 | * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow | |
873 | * TKIP countermeasures to be tested. | |
aad14ceb RM |
874 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate. |
875 | * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P | |
876 | * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band. | |
47086fc5 JB |
877 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period, |
878 | * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in | |
879 | * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames | |
deeaee19 JB |
880 | * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for |
881 | * PS-Poll responses. | |
b6f35301 RM |
882 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate. |
883 | * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when | |
884 | * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose. | |
a26eb27a JB |
885 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it |
886 | * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for | |
887 | * monitor injection). | |
5cf16616 SM |
888 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with |
889 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without | |
890 | * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW). | |
891 | * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack | |
892 | * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK. | |
eb7d3066 CL |
893 | * |
894 | * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't | |
895 | * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. | |
11f4b1ce | 896 | */ |
af61a165 | 897 | enum mac80211_tx_info_flags { |
e039fa4a | 898 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0), |
e6a9854b JB |
899 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1), |
900 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2), | |
901 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3), | |
902 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4), | |
903 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5), | |
904 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6), | |
905 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7), | |
906 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8), | |
907 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9), | |
908 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10), | |
909 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11), | |
910 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12), | |
6c17b77b | 911 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13), |
cc20ff2c | 912 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14), |
8f77f384 | 913 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15), |
3b8d81e0 | 914 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16), |
02f2f1a9 | 915 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17), |
ad5351db | 916 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18), |
c6fcf6bc | 917 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19), |
1672c0e3 | 918 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20), |
026331c4 | 919 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), |
0a56bd0a | 920 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), |
f79d9bad | 921 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), |
21f83589 | 922 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), |
681d1190 | 923 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26), |
aad14ceb | 924 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27), |
47086fc5 | 925 | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28), |
b6f35301 | 926 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29), |
a26eb27a | 927 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30), |
5cf16616 | 928 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31), |
11f4b1ce RR |
929 | }; |
930 | ||
abe37c4b JB |
931 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 |
932 | ||
1821f8b3 TP |
933 | #define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS |
934 | ||
af61a165 JB |
935 | /** |
936 | * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control | |
937 | * | |
938 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control | |
939 | * protocol frame (e.g. EAP) | |
6b127c71 SM |
940 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll |
941 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD). | |
dfdfc2be | 942 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information |
6e0456b5 | 943 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame |
bb42f2d1 | 944 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path |
8828f81a | 945 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup |
cc20ff2c FF |
946 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, |
947 | * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before | |
948 | * it can be sent out. | |
e02281e7 MV |
949 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that |
950 | * has already been assigned to this frame. | |
30df8130 MV |
951 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered |
952 | * relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent | |
953 | * of their QoS TID or other priority field values. | |
963d0e8d JB |
954 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX: first MLO TX, used mostly internally |
955 | * for sequence number assignment | |
69d41b5a JB |
956 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK: If not @IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, this |
957 | * frame should be transmitted on the specific link. This really is | |
958 | * only relevant for frames that do not have data present, and is | |
e1e68b14 JB |
959 | * also not used for 802.3 format frames. Note that even if the frame |
960 | * is on a specific link, address translation might still apply if | |
961 | * it's intended for an MLD. | |
af61a165 JB |
962 | * |
963 | * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags. | |
964 | */ | |
965 | enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { | |
966 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0), | |
6b127c71 | 967 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1), |
dfdfc2be | 968 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2), |
6e0456b5 | 969 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3), |
bb42f2d1 | 970 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4), |
8828f81a | 971 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5), |
cc20ff2c | 972 | IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6), |
e02281e7 | 973 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7), |
30df8130 | 974 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER = BIT(8), |
963d0e8d | 975 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX = BIT(9), |
69d41b5a | 976 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK = 0xf0000000, |
af61a165 JB |
977 | }; |
978 | ||
69d41b5a | 979 | #define IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED 0xf |
963d0e8d JB |
980 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK_UNSPEC \ |
981 | u32_encode_bits(IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, \ | |
982 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK) | |
69d41b5a | 983 | |
ea5907db AS |
984 | /** |
985 | * enum mac80211_tx_status_flags - flags to describe transmit status | |
986 | * | |
987 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID: ACK signal is valid | |
988 | * | |
989 | * These flags are used in tx_info->status.flags. | |
990 | */ | |
991 | enum mac80211_tx_status_flags { | |
992 | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID = BIT(0), | |
993 | }; | |
994 | ||
eb7d3066 CL |
995 | /* |
996 | * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are | |
997 | * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. | |
998 | */ | |
999 | #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \ | |
1000 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \ | |
1001 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \ | |
1002 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \ | |
1003 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \ | |
02f2f1a9 | 1004 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \ |
eb7d3066 | 1005 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \ |
47086fc5 | 1006 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
eb7d3066 | 1007 | |
2134e7e7 S |
1008 | /** |
1009 | * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the | |
1010 | * Rate Control algorithm. | |
1011 | * | |
1012 | * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, | |
1013 | * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. | |
1014 | * | |
1015 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. | |
1016 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. | |
1017 | * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. | |
1018 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. | |
1019 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1020 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split |
1021 | * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number) | |
2134e7e7 S |
1022 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in |
1023 | * Greenfield mode. | |
1024 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1025 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission |
1026 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission | |
1027 | * (80+80 isn't supported yet) | |
2134e7e7 S |
1028 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the |
1029 | * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is | |
1030 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. | |
1031 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. | |
1032 | */ | |
e6a9854b JB |
1033 | enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { |
1034 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0), | |
1035 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1), | |
1036 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2), | |
1037 | ||
8bc83c24 | 1038 | /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */ |
e6a9854b JB |
1039 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3), |
1040 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4), | |
1041 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5), | |
1042 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6), | |
1043 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7), | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1044 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8), |
1045 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9), | |
1046 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10), | |
e6a9854b JB |
1047 | }; |
1048 | ||
1049 | ||
1050 | /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ | |
1051 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 | |
8318d78a | 1052 | |
e6a9854b JB |
1053 | /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ |
1054 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 | |
1c014420 | 1055 | |
e6a9854b | 1056 | /* maximum number of rate stages */ |
e3e1a0bc | 1057 | #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4 |
870abdf6 | 1058 | |
0d528d85 FF |
1059 | /* maximum number of rate table entries */ |
1060 | #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4 | |
1061 | ||
870abdf6 | 1062 | /** |
e6a9854b | 1063 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status |
870abdf6 | 1064 | * |
e6a9854b JB |
1065 | * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with |
1066 | * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) | |
e25cf4a6 | 1067 | * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate |
e6a9854b JB |
1068 | * |
1069 | * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used | |
1070 | * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. | |
1071 | * | |
1072 | * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should | |
1073 | * always report the rate along with the flags it used. | |
c555b9b3 JB |
1074 | * |
1075 | * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs | |
1076 | * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate | |
1077 | * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, | |
1078 | * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the | |
b4f7f4ad JN |
1079 | * information:: |
1080 | * | |
c555b9b3 | 1081 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } |
b4f7f4ad | 1082 | * |
c555b9b3 JB |
1083 | * then this means that the frame should be transmitted |
1084 | * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four | |
1085 | * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets | |
1086 | * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status | |
b4f7f4ad JN |
1087 | * information should then contain:: |
1088 | * | |
c555b9b3 | 1089 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... |
b4f7f4ad | 1090 | * |
c555b9b3 JB |
1091 | * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 |
1092 | * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. | |
870abdf6 | 1093 | */ |
e6a9854b JB |
1094 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate { |
1095 | s8 idx; | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1096 | u16 count:5, |
1097 | flags:11; | |
3f30fc15 | 1098 | } __packed; |
870abdf6 | 1099 | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1100 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31 |
1101 | ||
3e99b4d2 SD |
1102 | static inline bool ieee80211_rate_valid(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) |
1103 | { | |
1104 | return rate->idx >= 0 && rate->count > 0; | |
1105 | } | |
1106 | ||
8bc83c24 JB |
1107 | static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate, |
1108 | u8 mcs, u8 nss) | |
1109 | { | |
1110 | WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF); | |
6bc8312f KB |
1111 | WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7); |
1112 | rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs; | |
8bc83c24 JB |
1113 | } |
1114 | ||
1115 | static inline u8 | |
1116 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) | |
1117 | { | |
1118 | return rate->idx & 0xF; | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | ||
1121 | static inline u8 | |
1122 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) | |
1123 | { | |
6bc8312f | 1124 | return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1; |
8bc83c24 JB |
1125 | } |
1126 | ||
e039fa4a JB |
1127 | /** |
1128 | * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information | |
1129 | * | |
1130 | * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: | |
1131 | * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do | |
1132 | * (2) driver internal use (if applicable) | |
1133 | * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened | |
1134 | * | |
1135 | * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above | |
eef25a66 JB |
1136 | * @band: the band to transmit on (use e.g. for checking for races), |
1137 | * not valid if the interface is an MLD since we won't know which | |
1138 | * link the frame will be transmitted on | |
3a25a8c8 | 1139 | * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC |
f498f6ab JB |
1140 | * @status_data: internal data for TX status handling, assigned privately, |
1141 | * see also &enum ieee80211_status_data for the internal documentation | |
1142 | * @status_data_idr: indicates status data is IDR allocated ID for ack frame | |
6912daed | 1143 | * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally |
7d419463 JB |
1144 | * @control: union part for control data |
1145 | * @control.rates: TX rates array to try | |
1146 | * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS | |
1147 | * @control.use_rts: use RTS | |
1148 | * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS | |
1149 | * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only) | |
1150 | * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table | |
1151 | * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients | |
1152 | * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL) | |
1153 | * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL) | |
1154 | * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags | |
1155 | * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs) | |
1156 | * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space | |
1157 | * @pad: padding | |
1158 | * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates | |
1159 | * @status: union part for status data | |
1160 | * @status.rates: attempted rates | |
1161 | * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal | |
1162 | * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length | |
1163 | * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length | |
1164 | * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy) | |
c74114d7 FF |
1165 | * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only |
1166 | * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness | |
ea5907db | 1167 | * @status.flags: status flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_status_flags |
7d419463 JB |
1168 | * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area |
1169 | * @ack: union part for pure ACK data | |
1170 | * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK | |
6ef307bc | 1171 | * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers |
1c014420 | 1172 | */ |
e039fa4a JB |
1173 | struct ieee80211_tx_info { |
1174 | /* common information */ | |
1175 | u32 flags; | |
f2b18bac | 1176 | u32 band:3, |
f498f6ab JB |
1177 | status_data_idr:1, |
1178 | status_data:13, | |
f2b18bac JB |
1179 | hw_queue:4, |
1180 | tx_time_est:10; | |
f498f6ab | 1181 | /* 1 free bit */ |
e039fa4a JB |
1182 | |
1183 | union { | |
1184 | struct { | |
e6a9854b JB |
1185 | union { |
1186 | /* rate control */ | |
1187 | struct { | |
1188 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ | |
1189 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | |
1190 | s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; | |
991fec09 FF |
1191 | u8 use_rts:1; |
1192 | u8 use_cts_prot:1; | |
0d528d85 FF |
1193 | u8 short_preamble:1; |
1194 | u8 skip_table:1; | |
ef246a14 JB |
1195 | |
1196 | /* for injection only (bitmap) */ | |
1197 | u8 antennas:2; | |
1198 | ||
1199 | /* 14 bits free */ | |
e6a9854b JB |
1200 | }; |
1201 | /* only needed before rate control */ | |
1202 | unsigned long jiffies; | |
1203 | }; | |
25d834e1 | 1204 | /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ |
53168215 | 1205 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
e039fa4a | 1206 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; |
af61a165 | 1207 | u32 flags; |
53168215 | 1208 | codel_time_t enqueue_time; |
e039fa4a | 1209 | } control; |
3b79af97 JB |
1210 | struct { |
1211 | u64 cookie; | |
1212 | } ack; | |
e039fa4a | 1213 | struct { |
e6a9854b | 1214 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
a0f995a5 | 1215 | s32 ack_signal; |
e3e1a0bc | 1216 | u8 ampdu_ack_len; |
599bf6a4 | 1217 | u8 ampdu_len; |
d748b464 | 1218 | u8 antenna; |
a7a2ef0c | 1219 | u8 pad; |
02219b3a | 1220 | u16 tx_time; |
ea5907db | 1221 | u8 flags; |
a7a2ef0c AB |
1222 | u8 pad2; |
1223 | void *status_driver_data[16 / sizeof(void *)]; | |
e039fa4a | 1224 | } status; |
e6a9854b JB |
1225 | struct { |
1226 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ | |
1227 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; | |
0d528d85 FF |
1228 | u8 pad[4]; |
1229 | ||
e6a9854b JB |
1230 | void *rate_driver_data[ |
1231 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | |
1232 | }; | |
1233 | void *driver_data[ | |
1234 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; | |
e039fa4a | 1235 | }; |
f0706e82 JB |
1236 | }; |
1237 | ||
7a89233a THJ |
1238 | static inline u16 |
1239 | ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est) | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime | |
1242 | * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1 | |
1243 | */ | |
1244 | info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2; | |
1245 | return info->tx_time_est << 2; | |
1246 | } | |
1247 | ||
1248 | static inline u16 | |
1249 | ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
1250 | { | |
1251 | return info->tx_time_est << 2; | |
1252 | } | |
1253 | ||
44fa75f2 JJ |
1254 | /*** |
1255 | * struct ieee80211_rate_status - mrr stage for status path | |
1256 | * | |
1257 | * This struct is used in struct ieee80211_tx_status to provide drivers a | |
1258 | * dynamic way to report about used rates and power levels per packet. | |
1259 | * | |
1260 | * @rate_idx The actual used rate. | |
1261 | * @try_count How often the rate was tried. | |
1262 | * @tx_power_idx An idx into the ieee80211_hw->tx_power_levels list of the | |
1263 | * corresponding wifi hardware. The idx shall point to the power level | |
1264 | * that was used when sending the packet. | |
1265 | */ | |
1266 | struct ieee80211_rate_status { | |
1267 | struct rate_info rate_idx; | |
1268 | u8 try_count; | |
1269 | u8 tx_power_idx; | |
1270 | }; | |
1271 | ||
18fb84d9 | 1272 | /** |
ae4a50ee | 1273 | * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control |
18fb84d9 FF |
1274 | * |
1275 | * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for | |
1276 | * @info: Basic tx status information | |
1277 | * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver) | |
44fa75f2 JJ |
1278 | * @rates: Mrr stages that were used when sending the packet |
1279 | * @n_rates: Number of mrr stages (count of instances for @rates) | |
f02dff93 | 1280 | * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver |
f9202638 AS |
1281 | * @ack_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp of the received ack in nanoseconds |
1282 | * Only needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action | |
1283 | * frames. Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled. | |
18fb84d9 FF |
1284 | */ |
1285 | struct ieee80211_tx_status { | |
1286 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
1287 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info; | |
1288 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
44fa75f2 | 1289 | struct ieee80211_rate_status *rates; |
f9202638 | 1290 | ktime_t ack_hwtstamp; |
44fa75f2 JJ |
1291 | u8 n_rates; |
1292 | ||
f02dff93 | 1293 | struct list_head *free_list; |
18fb84d9 FF |
1294 | }; |
1295 | ||
c56ef672 DS |
1296 | /** |
1297 | * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs | |
1298 | * | |
633e2713 DS |
1299 | * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan |
1300 | * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace | |
1301 | * and the ones generated by mac80211. | |
c56ef672 DS |
1302 | * |
1303 | * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs. | |
1304 | * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs. | |
1305 | * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones) | |
1306 | * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies | |
1307 | */ | |
1308 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies { | |
57fbcce3 JB |
1309 | const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
1310 | size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
c56ef672 DS |
1311 | const u8 *common_ies; |
1312 | size_t common_ie_len; | |
1313 | }; | |
1314 | ||
1315 | ||
e039fa4a JB |
1316 | static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
1317 | { | |
1318 | return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; | |
1319 | } | |
7ac1bd6a | 1320 | |
f1d58c25 JB |
1321 | static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
1322 | { | |
1323 | return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; | |
1324 | } | |
1325 | ||
e6a9854b JB |
1326 | /** |
1327 | * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status | |
1328 | * | |
1329 | * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. | |
1330 | * | |
1331 | * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report | |
1332 | * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything | |
1333 | * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear | |
1334 | * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). | |
1335 | * | |
e5c95ca0 THJ |
1336 | * NOTE: While the rates array is kept intact, this will wipe all of the |
1337 | * driver_data fields in info, so it's up to the driver to restore | |
1338 | * any fields it needs after calling this helper. | |
e6a9854b JB |
1339 | */ |
1340 | static inline void | |
1341 | ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
1342 | { | |
1343 | int i; | |
1344 | ||
1345 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | |
1346 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); | |
1347 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != | |
1348 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); | |
1349 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); | |
1350 | /* clear the rate counts */ | |
1351 | for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) | |
1352 | info->status.rates[i].count = 0; | |
fb5f6a0e | 1353 | memset_after(&info->status, 0, rates); |
e6a9854b JB |
1354 | } |
1355 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
1356 | |
1357 | /** | |
1358 | * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags | |
1359 | * | |
1360 | * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. | |
1361 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. | |
1362 | * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. | |
1363 | * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1364 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, |
1365 | * verification has been done by the hardware. | |
cef0acd4 | 1366 | * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame. |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1367 | * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection |
1368 | * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. | |
981d94a8 JB |
1369 | * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this |
1370 | * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection. | |
1371 | * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame | |
1372 | * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set) | |
84ea3a18 LB |
1373 | * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did |
1374 | * de-duplication by itself. | |
72abd81b JB |
1375 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on |
1376 | * the frame. | |
1377 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on | |
1378 | * the frame. | |
d5b6f6d5 JB |
1379 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
1380 | * field) is valid if this field is non-zero, and the position | |
1381 | * where the timestamp was sampled depends on the value. | |
f4bda337 | 1382 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
6ebacbb7 JB |
1383 | * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU |
1384 | * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS | |
1385 | * merging. | |
f4bda337 TP |
1386 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
1387 | * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU | |
1388 | * (including FCS) was received. | |
f4a0f0c5 JB |
1389 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
1390 | * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received. | |
e62c0fcc JB |
1391 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_IS_RTAP_TS64: The timestamp passed in the RX status @mactime |
1392 | * is only for use in the radiotap timestamp header, not otherwise a valid | |
1393 | * @mactime value. Note this is a separate flag so that we continue to see | |
1394 | * %RX_FLAG_MACTIME as unset. Also note that in this case the timestamp is | |
1395 | * reported to be 64 bits wide, not just 32. | |
fe8431f8 FF |
1396 | * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present. |
1397 | * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU) | |
4c298677 JB |
1398 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference |
1399 | * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for | |
1400 | * each A-MPDU | |
4c298677 JB |
1401 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all |
1402 | * subframes of a single A-MPDU | |
1403 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU | |
1404 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected | |
1405 | * on this subframe | |
1406 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC | |
1407 | * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field) | |
f980ebc0 SS |
1408 | * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was |
1409 | * done by the hardware | |
17883048 GB |
1410 | * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without |
1411 | * processing it in any regular way. | |
1412 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report | |
1413 | * them for sniffing purposes. | |
1414 | * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except | |
1415 | * monitor interfaces. | |
1416 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report | |
1417 | * them for sniffing purposes. | |
0cfcefef MK |
1418 | * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU |
1419 | * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons. | |
1420 | * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g. | |
1421 | * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while | |
1422 | * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to | |
1423 | * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU | |
1424 | * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be | |
1425 | * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be | |
1426 | * interleaved with other frames. | |
9179dff8 MG |
1427 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END: This frame contains radiotap TLVs in the |
1428 | * skb->data (before the 802.11 header). | |
1429 | * If used, the SKB's mac_header pointer must be set to point | |
1430 | * to the 802.11 header after the TLVs, and any padding added after TLV | |
1431 | * data to align to 4 must be cleared by the driver putting the TLVs | |
1432 | * in the skb. | |
f631a77b SS |
1433 | * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before. |
1434 | * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as | |
1435 | * the first subframe. | |
cef0acd4 DS |
1436 | * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must |
1437 | * be done in the hardware. | |
7299d6f7 JB |
1438 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this |
1439 | * frame | |
1440 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1441 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present |
1442 | * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in | |
7d419463 | 1443 | * |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1444 | * - DATA3_DATA_MCS |
1445 | * - DATA3_DATA_DCM | |
1446 | * - DATA3_CODING | |
1447 | * - DATA5_GI | |
1448 | * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC | |
1449 | * - DATA6_NSTS | |
1450 | * - DATA3_STBC | |
7d419463 | 1451 | * |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1452 | * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data) |
1453 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present | |
1454 | * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu) | |
d1332e7b | 1455 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present |
c3d1f875 ST |
1456 | * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with |
1457 | * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is | |
1458 | * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't | |
1459 | * known the frame shouldn't be reported. | |
80a915ec FF |
1460 | * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by |
1461 | * hardware or driver) | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1462 | */ |
1463 | enum mac80211_rx_flags { | |
4c298677 JB |
1464 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0), |
1465 | RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1), | |
d5b6f6d5 | 1466 | RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(2), |
4c298677 JB |
1467 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3), |
1468 | RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4), | |
1469 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5), | |
1470 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6), | |
e62c0fcc | 1471 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_IS_RTAP_TS64 = BIT(7), |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1472 | RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8), |
1473 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9), | |
1474 | RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10), | |
1475 | RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11), | |
1476 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12), | |
1477 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13), | |
1478 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14), | |
1479 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15), | |
d5b6f6d5 JB |
1480 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME = BIT(16) | BIT(17), |
1481 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = 1 << 16, | |
1482 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = 2 << 16, | |
1483 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = 3 << 16, | |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1484 | RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18), |
1485 | RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19), | |
9179dff8 | 1486 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END = BIT(20), |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1487 | RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21), |
1488 | RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22), | |
1489 | RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23), | |
7299d6f7 JB |
1490 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24), |
1491 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25), | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1492 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26), |
1493 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27), | |
d1332e7b | 1494 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28), |
c3d1f875 | 1495 | RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29), |
80a915ec | 1496 | RX_FLAG_8023 = BIT(30), |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1497 | }; |
1498 | ||
1b8d242a | 1499 | /** |
7fdd69c5 | 1500 | * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags |
1b8d242a | 1501 | * |
7fdd69c5 | 1502 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1503 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used |
1504 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, | |
1505 | * if the driver fills this value it should add | |
1506 | * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT | |
7d419463 | 1507 | * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact. |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1508 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used |
1509 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3 | |
7fdd69c5 | 1510 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed |
1b8d242a | 1511 | */ |
7fdd69c5 JB |
1512 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags { |
1513 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0), | |
da6a4352 JB |
1514 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
1515 | RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3), | |
1516 | RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5), | |
1517 | RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6), | |
1518 | RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7), | |
1b8d242a EG |
1519 | }; |
1520 | ||
da6a4352 JB |
1521 | #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4 |
1522 | ||
1523 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding { | |
1524 | RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0, | |
1525 | RX_ENC_HT, | |
1526 | RX_ENC_VHT, | |
41cbb0f5 | 1527 | RX_ENC_HE, |
f66c48af | 1528 | RX_ENC_EHT, |
da6a4352 | 1529 | }; |
7fdd69c5 | 1530 | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
1531 | /** |
1532 | * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status | |
1533 | * | |
1534 | * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset | |
1535 | * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received | |
f1d58c25 | 1536 | * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). |
566bfe5a | 1537 | * |
c132bec3 BR |
1538 | * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function |
1539 | * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. | |
162dd6a7 JB |
1540 | * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is |
1541 | * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache. | |
f9202638 AS |
1542 | * @ack_tx_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp for the ack TX in nanoseconds. Only |
1543 | * needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames. | |
1544 | * Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled. | |
8c358bcd JB |
1545 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use |
1546 | * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation | |
8318d78a | 1547 | * @band: the active band when this frame was received |
7ac1bd6a | 1548 | * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz |
4352a4d7 JB |
1549 | * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed |
1550 | * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting. | |
3b23c184 | 1551 | * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz. |
566bfe5a BR |
1552 | * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or |
1553 | * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags | |
1554 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* | |
ef0621e8 FF |
1555 | * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength |
1556 | * values were filled. | |
1557 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't | |
1558 | * support dB or unspecified units) | |
7ac1bd6a | 1559 | * @antenna: antenna used |
0fb8ca45 | 1560 | * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if |
5614618e | 1561 | * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT) |
f66c48af | 1562 | * @nss: number of streams (VHT, HE and EHT only) |
b4f7f4ad | 1563 | * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\* |
da6a4352 JB |
1564 | * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding |
1565 | * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw | |
7fdd69c5 | 1566 | * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags |
41cbb0f5 LC |
1567 | * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc |
1568 | * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi | |
1569 | * @he_dcm: HE DCM value | |
41ade47c | 1570 | * @eht: EHT specific rate information |
f66c48af JB |
1571 | * @eht.ru: EHT RU, from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc |
1572 | * @eht.gi: EHT GI, from &enum nl80211_eht_gi | |
554891e6 | 1573 | * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 |
4c298677 JB |
1574 | * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for |
1575 | * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU | |
1576 | * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC | |
c3d1f875 | 1577 | * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU |
ea9d807b VT |
1578 | * @link_valid: if the link which is identified by @link_id is valid. This flag |
1579 | * is set only when connection is MLO. | |
1580 | * @link_id: id of the link used to receive the packet. This is used along with | |
1581 | * @link_valid. | |
7ac1bd6a | 1582 | */ |
f0706e82 JB |
1583 | struct ieee80211_rx_status { |
1584 | u64 mactime; | |
f9202638 AS |
1585 | union { |
1586 | u64 boottime_ns; | |
1587 | ktime_t ack_tx_hwtstamp; | |
1588 | }; | |
8c358bcd | 1589 | u32 device_timestamp; |
4c298677 | 1590 | u32 ampdu_reference; |
7fdd69c5 | 1591 | u32 flag; |
3b23c184 | 1592 | u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1; |
da6a4352 | 1593 | u8 enc_flags; |
f66c48af JB |
1594 | u8 encoding:3, bw:4; |
1595 | union { | |
1596 | struct { | |
1597 | u8 he_ru:3; | |
1598 | u8 he_gi:2; | |
1599 | u8 he_dcm:1; | |
1600 | }; | |
1601 | struct { | |
1602 | u8 ru:4; | |
1603 | u8 gi:2; | |
1604 | } eht; | |
1605 | }; | |
30f42292 | 1606 | u8 rate_idx; |
8613c948 | 1607 | u8 nss; |
30f42292 JB |
1608 | u8 rx_flags; |
1609 | u8 band; | |
1610 | u8 antenna; | |
1611 | s8 signal; | |
ef0621e8 FF |
1612 | u8 chains; |
1613 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; | |
4c298677 | 1614 | u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc; |
c3d1f875 | 1615 | u8 zero_length_psdu_type; |
ea9d807b | 1616 | u8 link_valid:1, link_id:4; |
f0706e82 JB |
1617 | }; |
1618 | ||
3b23c184 TP |
1619 | static inline u32 |
1620 | ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status) | |
1621 | { | |
1622 | return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) + | |
1623 | (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0); | |
1624 | } | |
1625 | ||
6b301cdf JB |
1626 | /** |
1627 | * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags | |
1628 | * | |
1629 | * Flags to define PHY configuration options | |
1630 | * | |
0869aea0 JB |
1631 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this |
1632 | * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets | |
1633 | * or not, do not use instead of filter flags! | |
c99445b1 KV |
1634 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). |
1635 | * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, | |
1636 | * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to | |
1637 | * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. | |
1638 | * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, | |
1639 | * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" | |
1640 | * for more. | |
5cff20e6 JB |
1641 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set |
1642 | * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but | |
1643 | * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will | |
1644 | * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but | |
1645 | * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. | |
45521245 FF |
1646 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main |
1647 | * operating channel. | |
6b301cdf JB |
1648 | */ |
1649 | enum ieee80211_conf_flags { | |
0869aea0 | 1650 | IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0), |
ae5eb026 | 1651 | IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1), |
5cff20e6 | 1652 | IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2), |
45521245 | 1653 | IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3), |
6b301cdf | 1654 | }; |
f0706e82 | 1655 | |
7a5158ef | 1656 | |
e8975581 JB |
1657 | /** |
1658 | * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed | |
1659 | * | |
e8975581 | 1660 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed |
0869aea0 | 1661 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed |
e255d5eb | 1662 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed |
e8975581 | 1663 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed |
4797938c | 1664 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed |
9124b077 | 1665 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed |
5cff20e6 | 1666 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed |
0f78231b | 1667 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed |
04ecd257 JB |
1668 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
1669 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. | |
e8975581 JB |
1670 | */ |
1671 | enum ieee80211_conf_changed { | |
0f78231b | 1672 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1), |
e8975581 | 1673 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), |
0869aea0 | 1674 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3), |
e8975581 | 1675 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), |
e255d5eb JB |
1676 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), |
1677 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), | |
1678 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), | |
5cff20e6 | 1679 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), |
e8975581 JB |
1680 | }; |
1681 | ||
0f78231b JB |
1682 | /** |
1683 | * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode | |
1684 | * | |
9d173fc5 KV |
1685 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic |
1686 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off | |
1687 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static | |
1688 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic | |
1689 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use | |
0f78231b JB |
1690 | */ |
1691 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode { | |
1692 | IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, | |
1693 | IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, | |
1694 | IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, | |
1695 | IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, | |
1696 | ||
1697 | /* keep last */ | |
1698 | IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, | |
1699 | }; | |
1700 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
1701 | /** |
1702 | * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device | |
1703 | * | |
1704 | * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. | |
1705 | * | |
04fe2037 JB |
1706 | * @flags: configuration flags defined above |
1707 | * | |
ea95bba4 | 1708 | * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval |
56007a02 JB |
1709 | * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use |
1710 | * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon | |
1711 | * has been received and the DTIM period is known. | |
04fe2037 JB |
1712 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the |
1713 | * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when | |
1714 | * the CONF_PS flag is set. | |
1715 | * | |
1ea6f9c0 JB |
1716 | * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility |
1717 | * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces | |
04fe2037 | 1718 | * |
675a0b04 | 1719 | * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to |
164eb02d | 1720 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled |
04fe2037 | 1721 | * |
9124b077 | 1722 | * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame |
ad24b0da JB |
1723 | * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, |
1724 | * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries | |
9124b077 | 1725 | * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" |
ad24b0da JB |
1726 | * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the |
1727 | * number of transmissions not the number of retries | |
0f78231b JB |
1728 | * |
1729 | * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that | |
1730 | * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not | |
04ecd257 JB |
1731 | * configured for an HT channel. |
1732 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, | |
1733 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. | |
f0706e82 JB |
1734 | */ |
1735 | struct ieee80211_conf { | |
6b301cdf | 1736 | u32 flags; |
ff616381 | 1737 | int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; |
10816d40 | 1738 | |
e8975581 | 1739 | u16 listen_interval; |
56007a02 | 1740 | u8 ps_dtim_period; |
e8975581 | 1741 | |
9124b077 JB |
1742 | u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; |
1743 | ||
675a0b04 | 1744 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
164eb02d | 1745 | bool radar_enabled; |
0f78231b | 1746 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
f0706e82 JB |
1747 | }; |
1748 | ||
5ce6e438 JB |
1749 | /** |
1750 | * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data | |
1751 | * | |
1752 | * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch | |
1753 | * operation. | |
1754 | * | |
1755 | * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization | |
1756 | * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch | |
1757 | * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter | |
1758 | * the driver passed into mac80211. | |
2ba45384 LC |
1759 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the |
1760 | * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211. | |
5ce6e438 JB |
1761 | * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the |
1762 | * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. | |
85220d71 | 1763 | * @chandef: the new channel to switch to |
5ce6e438 | 1764 | * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event |
ee145775 | 1765 | * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in |
e6ee3a37 JB |
1766 | * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new |
1767 | * channel, expressed in TU. | |
1768 | * @link_id: the link ID of the link doing the channel switch, 0 for non-MLO | |
5ce6e438 JB |
1769 | */ |
1770 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch { | |
1771 | u64 timestamp; | |
2ba45384 | 1772 | u32 device_timestamp; |
5ce6e438 | 1773 | bool block_tx; |
85220d71 | 1774 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
5ce6e438 | 1775 | u8 count; |
e6ee3a37 | 1776 | u8 link_id; |
ee145775 | 1777 | u32 delay; |
5ce6e438 JB |
1778 | }; |
1779 | ||
c1288b12 JB |
1780 | /** |
1781 | * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags | |
1782 | * | |
1783 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering | |
1784 | * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups | |
ea086359 JB |
1785 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality |
1786 | * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor | |
1787 | * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and | |
1788 | * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. | |
848955cc JB |
1789 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this |
1790 | * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition, | |
1791 | * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is | |
1792 | * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces. | |
b115b972 JD |
1793 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes |
1794 | * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even | |
1795 | * this is not pure P2P vif. | |
00f823b6 IP |
1796 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_EML_ACTIVE: The driver indicates that EML operation is |
1797 | * enabled for the interface. | |
761748f0 JB |
1798 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_IGNORE_OFDMA_WIDER_BW: Ignore wider bandwidth OFDMA |
1799 | * operation on this interface and request a channel context without | |
1800 | * the AP definition. Use this e.g. because the device is able to | |
1801 | * handle OFDMA (downlink and trigger for uplink) on a per-AP basis. | |
c1288b12 JB |
1802 | */ |
1803 | enum ieee80211_vif_flags { | |
1804 | IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0), | |
ea086359 | 1805 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1), |
848955cc | 1806 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2), |
b115b972 | 1807 | IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3), |
00f823b6 | 1808 | IEEE80211_VIF_EML_ACTIVE = BIT(4), |
761748f0 | 1809 | IEEE80211_VIF_IGNORE_OFDMA_WIDER_BW = BIT(5), |
c1288b12 JB |
1810 | }; |
1811 | ||
6aea26ce FF |
1812 | |
1813 | /** | |
1814 | * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags | |
1815 | * | |
1816 | * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled | |
1817 | * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211. | |
1818 | * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface. | |
1819 | * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload | |
80a915ec FF |
1820 | * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled |
1821 | * The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to | |
1822 | * mac80211. | |
6aea26ce FF |
1823 | */ |
1824 | ||
1825 | enum ieee80211_offload_flags { | |
1826 | IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0), | |
1827 | IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1), | |
80a915ec | 1828 | IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED = BIT(2), |
6aea26ce FF |
1829 | }; |
1830 | ||
f276e20b JB |
1831 | /** |
1832 | * struct ieee80211_vif_cfg - interface configuration | |
1833 | * @assoc: association status | |
1834 | * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS or not | |
1835 | * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created | |
a3b8008d JB |
1836 | * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by |
1837 | * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations. | |
f276e20b | 1838 | * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true |
f7660b3f | 1839 | * @eml_cap: EML capabilities as described in P802.11be_D4.1 Figure 9-1001j. |
29c6e2dc | 1840 | * @eml_med_sync_delay: Medium Synchronization delay as described in |
f7660b3f AB |
1841 | * P802.11be_D4.1 Figure 9-1001i. |
1842 | * @mld_capa_op: MLD Capabilities and Operations per P802.11be_D4.1 | |
1843 | * Figure 9-1001k | |
f276e20b JB |
1844 | * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The |
1845 | * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. | |
1846 | * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here | |
1847 | * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. | |
1848 | * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this | |
1849 | * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list | |
1850 | * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case. | |
1851 | * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode. | |
1852 | * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid. | |
1853 | * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format). | |
1854 | * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the | |
1855 | * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what | |
1856 | * your driver/device needs to do. | |
b65567b0 JB |
1857 | * @ap_addr: AP MLD address, or BSSID for non-MLO connections |
1858 | * (station mode only) | |
f276e20b JB |
1859 | */ |
1860 | struct ieee80211_vif_cfg { | |
1861 | /* association related data */ | |
1862 | bool assoc, ibss_joined; | |
1863 | bool ibss_creator; | |
a3b8008d | 1864 | bool ps; |
f276e20b | 1865 | u16 aid; |
ce2bb3b6 | 1866 | u16 eml_cap; |
29c6e2dc | 1867 | u16 eml_med_sync_delay; |
f7660b3f | 1868 | u16 mld_capa_op; |
f276e20b JB |
1869 | |
1870 | __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; | |
1871 | int arp_addr_cnt; | |
1872 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; | |
1873 | size_t ssid_len; | |
1874 | bool s1g; | |
1875 | bool idle; | |
b65567b0 | 1876 | u8 ap_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
f276e20b JB |
1877 | }; |
1878 | ||
8f500fbc AB |
1879 | #define IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS 8 |
1880 | ||
1881 | /** | |
1882 | * struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm - negotiated TID to link map info | |
1883 | * | |
1884 | * @downlink: bitmap of active links per TID for downlink, or 0 if mapping for | |
1885 | * this TID is not included. | |
1886 | * @uplink: bitmap of active links per TID for uplink, or 0 if mapping for this | |
1887 | * TID is not included. | |
1888 | * @valid: info is valid or not. | |
1889 | */ | |
1890 | struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm { | |
1891 | u16 downlink[IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS]; | |
1892 | u16 uplink[IEEE80211_TTLM_NUM_TIDS]; | |
1893 | bool valid; | |
1894 | }; | |
1895 | ||
1896 | /** | |
1897 | * enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res - return value for negotiated TTLM handling | |
1898 | * @NEG_TTLM_RES_ACCEPT: accept the request | |
1899 | * @NEG_TTLM_RES_REJECT: reject the request | |
1900 | * @NEG_TTLM_RES_SUGGEST_PREFERRED: reject and suggest a new mapping | |
1901 | */ | |
1902 | enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res { | |
1903 | NEG_TTLM_RES_ACCEPT, | |
1904 | NEG_TTLM_RES_REJECT, | |
1905 | NEG_TTLM_RES_SUGGEST_PREFERRED | |
1906 | }; | |
1907 | ||
32bfd35d JB |
1908 | /** |
1909 | * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data | |
1910 | * | |
1911 | * Data in this structure is continually present for driver | |
1912 | * use during the life of a virtual interface. | |
1913 | * | |
51fb61e7 | 1914 | * @type: type of this virtual interface |
f276e20b | 1915 | * @cfg: vif configuration, see &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg |
bda3933a JB |
1916 | * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own |
1917 | * or the BSS we're associated to | |
8e14130d JB |
1918 | * @link_conf: in case of MLD, the per-link BSS configuration, |
1919 | * indexed by link ID | |
d8787ec6 | 1920 | * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. |
efe9c2bf JB |
1921 | * @active_links: The bitmap of active links, or 0 for non-MLO. |
1922 | * The driver shouldn't change this directly, but use the | |
1923 | * API calls meant for that purpose. | |
6d543b34 IP |
1924 | * @dormant_links: bitmap of valid but disabled links, or 0 for non-MLO. |
1925 | * Must be a subset of valid_links. | |
8f500fbc AB |
1926 | * @suspended_links: subset of dormant_links representing links that are |
1927 | * suspended. | |
1928 | * 0 for non-MLO. | |
1929 | * @neg_ttlm: negotiated TID to link mapping info. | |
1930 | * see &struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm. | |
47846c9b | 1931 | * @addr: address of this interface |
2ca27bcf JB |
1932 | * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p |
1933 | * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively | |
7d360f60 FF |
1934 | * @netdev_features: tx netdev features supported by the hardware for this |
1935 | * vif. mac80211 initializes this to hw->netdev_features, and the driver | |
1936 | * can mask out specific tx features. mac80211 will handle software fixup | |
1937 | * for masked offloads (GSO, CSUM) | |
c1288b12 JB |
1938 | * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface, |
1939 | * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added | |
1940 | * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed | |
1941 | * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field | |
4273d3fa | 1942 | * @offload_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface. |
6aea26ce FF |
1943 | * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface, |
1944 | * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver | |
1945 | * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change | |
1946 | * restrictions. | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
1947 | * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC |
1948 | * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only | |
ddbfe860 | 1949 | * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per |
ad24b0da | 1950 | * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual |
ddbfe860 | 1951 | * monitor interface (if that is requested.) |
1b09b556 AO |
1952 | * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this |
1953 | * interface. | |
873b1cf6 JM |
1954 | * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211 |
1955 | * for this interface. | |
32bfd35d | 1956 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
b4f7f4ad | 1957 | * sizeof(void \*). |
c850e31f | 1958 | * @txq: the multicast data TX queue |
7fba53eb JB |
1959 | * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see |
1960 | * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags. | |
17196425 | 1961 | * @mbssid_tx_vif: Pointer to the transmitting interface if MBSSID is enabled. |
32bfd35d JB |
1962 | */ |
1963 | struct ieee80211_vif { | |
05c914fe | 1964 | enum nl80211_iftype type; |
f276e20b | 1965 | struct ieee80211_vif_cfg cfg; |
bda3933a | 1966 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; |
d8675a63 | 1967 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf __rcu *link_conf[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
8f500fbc AB |
1968 | u16 valid_links, active_links, dormant_links, suspended_links; |
1969 | struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm neg_ttlm; | |
a3e2f4b6 | 1970 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2ca27bcf | 1971 | bool p2p; |
3a25a8c8 JB |
1972 | |
1973 | u8 cab_queue; | |
1974 | u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS]; | |
1975 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
1976 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq; |
1977 | ||
7d360f60 | 1978 | netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
c1288b12 | 1979 | u32 driver_flags; |
6aea26ce | 1980 | u32 offload_flags; |
3a25a8c8 | 1981 | |
ddbfe860 SG |
1982 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
1983 | struct dentry *debugfs_dir; | |
1984 | #endif | |
1985 | ||
6cd536fe | 1986 | bool probe_req_reg; |
873b1cf6 | 1987 | bool rx_mcast_action_reg; |
1b09b556 | 1988 | |
17196425 JC |
1989 | struct ieee80211_vif *mbssid_tx_vif; |
1990 | ||
32bfd35d | 1991 | /* must be last */ |
3c23215b | 1992 | u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
32bfd35d JB |
1993 | }; |
1994 | ||
f1871abd IP |
1995 | /** |
1996 | * ieee80211_vif_usable_links - Return the usable links for the vif | |
1997 | * @vif: the vif for which the usable links are requested | |
1998 | * Return: the usable link bitmap | |
1999 | */ | |
2000 | static inline u16 ieee80211_vif_usable_links(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
2001 | { | |
6d543b34 | 2002 | return vif->valid_links & ~vif->dormant_links; |
f1871abd IP |
2003 | } |
2004 | ||
2005 | /** | |
2006 | * ieee80211_vif_is_mld - Returns true iff the vif is an MLD one | |
2007 | * @vif: the vif | |
2008 | * Return: %true if the vif is an MLD, %false otherwise. | |
2009 | */ | |
2010 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mld(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
2011 | { | |
2012 | /* valid_links != 0 indicates this vif is an MLD */ | |
2013 | return vif->valid_links != 0; | |
2014 | } | |
2015 | ||
68f6c6af JB |
2016 | /** |
2017 | * ieee80211_vif_link_active - check if a given link is active | |
2018 | * @vif: the vif | |
2019 | * @link_id: the link ID to check | |
2020 | * Return: %true if the vif is an MLD and the link is active, or if | |
2021 | * the vif is not an MLD and the link ID is 0; %false otherwise. | |
2022 | */ | |
2023 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_link_active(const struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
2024 | unsigned int link_id) | |
2025 | { | |
2026 | if (!ieee80211_vif_is_mld(vif)) | |
2027 | return link_id == 0; | |
2028 | return vif->active_links & BIT(link_id); | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | ||
efe9c2bf JB |
2031 | #define for_each_vif_active_link(vif, link, link_id) \ |
2032 | for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((vif)->link_conf); link_id++) \ | |
2033 | if ((!(vif)->active_links || \ | |
2034 | (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) && \ | |
8a58fc1c | 2035 | (link = link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id))) |
9f781533 | 2036 | |
902acc78 JB |
2037 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
2038 | { | |
2039 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH | |
05c914fe | 2040 | return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; |
902acc78 JB |
2041 | #endif |
2042 | return false; | |
2043 | } | |
2044 | ||
ad7e718c JB |
2045 | /** |
2046 | * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev | |
2047 | * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for | |
2048 | * | |
2049 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs | |
2050 | * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev. | |
2051 | * | |
2052 | * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't | |
2053 | * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor | |
2054 | * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) | |
2055 | */ | |
2056 | struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev); | |
2057 | ||
dc5a1ad7 EG |
2058 | /** |
2059 | * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif | |
2060 | * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for | |
2061 | * | |
2062 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs | |
2063 | * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif. | |
f30386a8 | 2064 | * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif. |
dc5a1ad7 EG |
2065 | */ |
2066 | struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
2067 | ||
076fc877 | 2068 | static inline bool lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
65fd846c | 2069 | { |
076fc877 | 2070 | return lockdep_is_held(&ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(vif)->wiphy->mtx); |
65fd846c JB |
2071 | } |
2072 | ||
2073 | #define link_conf_dereference_protected(vif, link_id) \ | |
2074 | rcu_dereference_protected((vif)->link_conf[link_id], \ | |
076fc877 | 2075 | lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(vif)) |
65fd846c | 2076 | |
f3630c4f JB |
2077 | #define link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id) \ |
2078 | rcu_dereference_check((vif)->link_conf[link_id], \ | |
076fc877 | 2079 | lockdep_vif_wiphy_mutex_held(vif)) |
f3630c4f | 2080 | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
2081 | /** |
2082 | * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags | |
2083 | * | |
2084 | * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver | |
2085 | * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. | |
2086 | * | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
2087 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the |
2088 | * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this | |
db12847c IY |
2089 | * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs |
2090 | * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC. | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
2091 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by |
2092 | * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC | |
2093 | * generation in software. | |
c6adbd21 ID |
2094 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates |
2095 | * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. | |
e548c49e | 2096 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a |
00b9cfa3 JM |
2097 | * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames |
2098 | * (MFP) to be done in software. | |
077a9154 | 2099 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver |
ee70108f | 2100 | * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV |
077a9154 | 2101 | * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with |
db12847c IY |
2102 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does |
2103 | * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or | |
2104 | * MIC. | |
e548c49e JB |
2105 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received |
2106 | * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware | |
2107 | * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames | |
2108 | * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and | |
2109 | * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with | |
2110 | * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the | |
2111 | * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW. | |
17d38fa8 | 2112 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the |
00b9cfa3 | 2113 | * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation |
ae4a50ee | 2114 | * only for management frames (MFP). |
db12847c IY |
2115 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the |
2116 | * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always | |
2117 | * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled. | |
9de18d81 DS |
2118 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for |
2119 | * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with | |
2120 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key. | |
96fc6efb | 2121 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation. |
a0b4496a LB |
2122 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver |
2123 | * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number | |
2124 | * generation only | |
3b220ed8 JB |
2125 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs can be used with this key |
2126 | * (set by mac80211 from the sta->spp_amsdu flag) | |
7848ba7d | 2127 | */ |
7ac1bd6a | 2128 | enum ieee80211_key_flags { |
17d38fa8 MK |
2129 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0), |
2130 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1), | |
2131 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2), | |
2132 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3), | |
2133 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4), | |
2134 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5), | |
2135 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6), | |
db12847c | 2136 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7), |
9de18d81 | 2137 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8), |
96fc6efb | 2138 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9), |
a0b4496a | 2139 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10), |
3b220ed8 | 2140 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(11), |
7ac1bd6a | 2141 | }; |
11a843b7 | 2142 | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
2143 | /** |
2144 | * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information | |
2145 | * | |
2146 | * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by | |
2147 | * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. | |
2148 | * | |
2149 | * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver | |
2150 | * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be | |
6a7664d4 | 2151 | * encrypted in hardware. |
97359d12 | 2152 | * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. |
f8079d43 EP |
2153 | * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it |
2154 | * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO) | |
7ac1bd6a JB |
2155 | * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. |
2156 | * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) | |
2157 | * @keylen: key material length | |
ffd7891d LR |
2158 | * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) |
2159 | * data block: | |
2160 | * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) | |
2161 | * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) | |
2162 | * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) | |
dc822b5d JB |
2163 | * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type |
2164 | * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type | |
ccdde7c7 | 2165 | * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, or -1 for non-MLO or pairwise keys |
7ac1bd6a | 2166 | */ |
f0706e82 | 2167 | struct ieee80211_key_conf { |
db388a56 | 2168 | atomic64_t tx_pn; |
97359d12 | 2169 | u32 cipher; |
76708dee FF |
2170 | u8 icv_len; |
2171 | u8 iv_len; | |
6a7664d4 | 2172 | u8 hw_key_idx; |
11a843b7 | 2173 | s8 keyidx; |
9de18d81 | 2174 | u16 flags; |
ccdde7c7 | 2175 | s8 link_id; |
11a843b7 | 2176 | u8 keylen; |
3c23215b | 2177 | u8 key[]; |
f0706e82 JB |
2178 | }; |
2179 | ||
a31cf1c6 JB |
2180 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16 |
2181 | ||
f8079d43 EP |
2182 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff)) |
2183 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff)) | |
2184 | ||
9352c19f JB |
2185 | /** |
2186 | * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter | |
2187 | * | |
2188 | * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order | |
2189 | * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
2190 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
2191 | * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
2192 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
2193 | * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
2194 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
2195 | * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, | |
2196 | * reverse order than in packet) | |
a31cf1c6 | 2197 | * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys |
9352c19f JB |
2198 | */ |
2199 | struct ieee80211_key_seq { | |
2200 | union { | |
2201 | struct { | |
2202 | u32 iv32; | |
2203 | u16 iv16; | |
2204 | } tkip; | |
2205 | struct { | |
2206 | u8 pn[6]; | |
2207 | } ccmp; | |
2208 | struct { | |
2209 | u8 pn[6]; | |
2210 | } aes_cmac; | |
2211 | struct { | |
2212 | u8 pn[6]; | |
2213 | } aes_gmac; | |
2214 | struct { | |
2215 | u8 pn[6]; | |
2216 | } gcmp; | |
a31cf1c6 JB |
2217 | struct { |
2218 | u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN]; | |
2219 | u8 seq_len; | |
2220 | } hw; | |
9352c19f JB |
2221 | }; |
2222 | }; | |
2223 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
2224 | /** |
2225 | * enum set_key_cmd - key command | |
2226 | * | |
2227 | * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | |
2228 | * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. | |
2229 | * | |
2230 | * @SET_KEY: a key is set | |
2231 | * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled | |
2232 | */ | |
ea49c359 | 2233 | enum set_key_cmd { |
11a843b7 | 2234 | SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, |
ea49c359 | 2235 | }; |
f0706e82 | 2236 | |
f09603a2 JB |
2237 | /** |
2238 | * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state | |
2239 | * | |
2240 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all, | |
2241 | * this is a special state for add/remove transitions | |
2242 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state | |
2243 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated | |
2244 | * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated | |
2245 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) | |
2246 | */ | |
2247 | enum ieee80211_sta_state { | |
2248 | /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */ | |
2249 | IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST, | |
2250 | IEEE80211_STA_NONE, | |
2251 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTH, | |
2252 | IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC, | |
2253 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED, | |
2254 | }; | |
2255 | ||
e1a0c6b3 JB |
2256 | /** |
2257 | * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth | |
2258 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz | |
2259 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz | |
2260 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz | |
2261 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz | |
2262 | * (including 80+80 MHz) | |
5dca295d | 2263 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320: station can receive up to 320 MHz |
e1a0c6b3 JB |
2264 | * |
2265 | * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized | |
2266 | * correctly, the values must be sorted. | |
2267 | */ | |
2268 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth { | |
2269 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0, | |
2270 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40, | |
2271 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80, | |
2272 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160, | |
5dca295d | 2273 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320, |
e1a0c6b3 JB |
2274 | }; |
2275 | ||
0d528d85 FF |
2276 | /** |
2277 | * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table | |
2278 | * | |
2279 | * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update | |
03f831a6 | 2280 | * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default. |
0d528d85 FF |
2281 | * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control. |
2282 | */ | |
2283 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates { | |
2284 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; | |
2285 | struct { | |
2286 | s8 idx; | |
2287 | u8 count; | |
2288 | u8 count_cts; | |
2289 | u8 count_rts; | |
2290 | u16 flags; | |
2291 | } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE]; | |
2292 | }; | |
2293 | ||
ba905bf4 ARN |
2294 | /** |
2295 | * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration | |
2296 | * | |
2297 | * Used to configure txpower for station. | |
2298 | * | |
2299 | * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames | |
2300 | * to the STA. | |
2301 | * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power | |
2302 | * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC | |
2303 | * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. | |
2304 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for | |
2305 | * per peer TPC. | |
2306 | */ | |
2307 | struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr { | |
2308 | s16 power; | |
2309 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; | |
2310 | }; | |
2311 | ||
4c51541d BB |
2312 | /** |
2313 | * struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates - info that is aggregated from active links | |
2314 | * | |
2315 | * Used for any per-link data that needs to be aggregated and updated in the | |
2316 | * main &struct ieee80211_sta when updated or the active links change. | |
2317 | * | |
2318 | * @max_amsdu_len: indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes. | |
2319 | * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble. | |
2320 | * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply: | |
2321 | * | |
2322 | * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the | |
2323 | * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes. | |
2324 | * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal | |
2325 | * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes. | |
2326 | * | |
2327 | * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level | |
2328 | * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section | |
2329 | * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2). | |
2330 | * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control. | |
2331 | * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID | |
2332 | */ | |
2333 | struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates { | |
2334 | u16 max_amsdu_len; | |
2335 | ||
2336 | u16 max_rc_amsdu_len; | |
2337 | u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS]; | |
2338 | }; | |
2339 | ||
046d2e7c S |
2340 | /** |
2341 | * struct ieee80211_link_sta - station Link specific info | |
2342 | * All link specific info for a STA link for a non MLD STA(single) | |
2343 | * or a MLD STA(multiple entries) are stored here. | |
2344 | * | |
1d9e4c91 | 2345 | * @sta: reference to owning STA |
046d2e7c S |
2346 | * @addr: MAC address of the Link STA. For non-MLO STA this is same as the addr |
2347 | * in ieee80211_sta. For MLO Link STA this addr can be same or different | |
2348 | * from addr in ieee80211_sta (representing MLD STA addr) | |
c73993b8 | 2349 | * @link_id: the link ID for this link STA (0 for deflink) |
261ce887 | 2350 | * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic) |
046d2e7c S |
2351 | * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates |
2352 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities | |
2353 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities | |
2354 | * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA | |
2355 | * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities | |
2356 | * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities of this STA | |
c6662a4b | 2357 | * @agg: per-link data for multi-link aggregation |
046d2e7c S |
2358 | * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with |
2359 | * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the | |
2360 | * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode | |
2361 | * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after | |
2362 | * the station moves to associated state. | |
2363 | * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration | |
2364 | * | |
2365 | */ | |
2366 | struct ieee80211_link_sta { | |
1d9e4c91 BB |
2367 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
2368 | ||
046d2e7c | 2369 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
c73993b8 | 2370 | u8 link_id; |
261ce887 | 2371 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
046d2e7c S |
2372 | |
2373 | u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; | |
2374 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; | |
2375 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; | |
2376 | struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; | |
2377 | struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; | |
2378 | struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; | |
2379 | ||
4c51541d BB |
2380 | struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates agg; |
2381 | ||
046d2e7c S |
2382 | u8 rx_nss; |
2383 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth; | |
2384 | struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr; | |
2385 | }; | |
2386 | ||
17741cdc JB |
2387 | /** |
2388 | * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry | |
2389 | * | |
2390 | * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly | |
2391 | * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in | |
2392 | * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must | |
2393 | * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, | |
2394 | * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a | |
34e89507 | 2395 | * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. |
046d2e7c S |
2396 | * This also represents the MLD STA in case of MLO association |
2397 | * and holds pointers to various link STA's | |
17741cdc JB |
2398 | * |
2399 | * @addr: MAC address | |
2400 | * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP | |
480dd46b MA |
2401 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU |
2402 | * that this station is allowed to transmit to us. | |
2403 | * Can be modified by driver. | |
527871d7 JB |
2404 | * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does, |
2405 | * otherwise always false) | |
17741cdc | 2406 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
b4f7f4ad | 2407 | * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information. |
910868db | 2408 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid |
f438ceb8 EG |
2409 | * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in |
2410 | * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*. | |
910868db | 2411 | * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported. |
03f831a6 | 2412 | * @rates: rate control selection table |
0c4972cc | 2413 | * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer |
8b94148c AN |
2414 | * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only |
2415 | * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place. | |
93f0490e | 2416 | * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not. |
3e0278b7 | 2417 | * @mlo: indicates whether the STA is MLO station. |
506bcfa8 EG |
2418 | * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single |
2419 | * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means | |
2420 | * unlimited. | |
4c51541d BB |
2421 | * @cur: currently valid data as aggregated from the active links |
2422 | * For non MLO STA it will point to the deflink data. For MLO STA | |
2423 | * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates() must be called to update it. | |
52cfa1d6 | 2424 | * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not. |
c850e31f AW |
2425 | * @txq: per-TID data TX queues; note that the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) |
2426 | * is used for non-data frames | |
046d2e7c S |
2427 | * @deflink: This holds the default link STA information, for non MLO STA all link |
2428 | * specific STA information is accessed through @deflink or through | |
2429 | * link[0] which points to address of @deflink. For MLO Link STA | |
2430 | * the first added link STA will point to deflink. | |
2431 | * @link: reference to Link Sta entries. For Non MLO STA, except 1st link, | |
2432 | * i.e link[0] all links would be assigned to NULL by default and | |
2433 | * would access link information via @deflink or link[0]. For MLO | |
2434 | * STA, first link STA being added will point its link pointer to | |
2435 | * @deflink address and remaining would be allocated and the address | |
2436 | * would be assigned to link[link_id] where link_id is the id assigned | |
2437 | * by the AP. | |
cb71f1d1 | 2438 | * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO |
3b220ed8 | 2439 | * @spp_amsdu: indicates whether the STA uses SPP A-MSDU or not. |
17741cdc JB |
2440 | */ |
2441 | struct ieee80211_sta { | |
2442 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; | |
2443 | u16 aid; | |
41cbb0f5 | 2444 | u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
39df600a | 2445 | bool wme; |
9533b4ac EP |
2446 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
2447 | u8 max_sp; | |
0d528d85 | 2448 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates; |
0c4972cc | 2449 | bool tdls; |
8b94148c | 2450 | bool tdls_initiator; |
93f0490e | 2451 | bool mfp; |
3e0278b7 | 2452 | bool mlo; |
3b220ed8 | 2453 | bool spp_amsdu; |
506bcfa8 | 2454 | u8 max_amsdu_subframes; |
57eeb208 | 2455 | |
4c51541d BB |
2456 | struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates *cur; |
2457 | ||
52cfa1d6 | 2458 | bool support_p2p_ps; |
17741cdc | 2459 | |
adf8ed01 | 2460 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1]; |
ba8c3d6f | 2461 | |
cb71f1d1 | 2462 | u16 valid_links; |
046d2e7c | 2463 | struct ieee80211_link_sta deflink; |
c71420db | 2464 | struct ieee80211_link_sta __rcu *link[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
046d2e7c | 2465 | |
17741cdc | 2466 | /* must be last */ |
3c23215b | 2467 | u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
17741cdc JB |
2468 | }; |
2469 | ||
65fd846c JB |
2470 | #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP |
2471 | bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); | |
2472 | #else | |
2473 | static inline bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta) | |
2474 | { | |
2475 | return true; | |
2476 | } | |
2477 | #endif | |
2478 | ||
2479 | #define link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id) \ | |
2480 | rcu_dereference_protected((sta)->link[link_id], \ | |
2481 | lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta)) | |
2482 | ||
f3630c4f JB |
2483 | #define link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id) \ |
2484 | rcu_dereference_check((sta)->link[link_id], \ | |
2485 | lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta)) | |
2486 | ||
efe9c2bf JB |
2487 | #define for_each_sta_active_link(vif, sta, link_sta, link_id) \ |
2488 | for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((sta)->link); link_id++) \ | |
2489 | if ((!(vif)->active_links || \ | |
2490 | (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) && \ | |
e865c827 | 2491 | ((link_sta) = link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id))) |
9f781533 | 2492 | |
478f8d2b TW |
2493 | /** |
2494 | * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command | |
2495 | * | |
2496 | * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this | |
38a6cc75 | 2497 | * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. |
478f8d2b | 2498 | * |
4571d3bf CL |
2499 | * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping |
2500 | * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up | |
2501 | */ | |
89fad578 | 2502 | enum sta_notify_cmd { |
4571d3bf CL |
2503 | STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, |
2504 | }; | |
2505 | ||
36323f81 TH |
2506 | /** |
2507 | * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data | |
2508 | * | |
2509 | * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and | |
2510 | * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU. | |
2511 | */ | |
2512 | struct ieee80211_tx_control { | |
2513 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
2514 | }; | |
2515 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
2516 | /** |
2517 | * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue | |
2518 | * | |
2519 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
2520 | * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue | |
adf8ed01 JB |
2521 | * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue), |
2522 | * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled) | |
ba8c3d6f | 2523 | * @ac: the AC for this queue |
f8bdbb58 | 2524 | * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size |
ba8c3d6f FF |
2525 | * |
2526 | * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling | |
2527 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). | |
2528 | */ | |
2529 | struct ieee80211_txq { | |
2530 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; | |
2531 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
2532 | u8 tid; | |
2533 | u8 ac; | |
2534 | ||
2535 | /* must be last */ | |
3c23215b | 2536 | u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
ba8c3d6f FF |
2537 | }; |
2538 | ||
1bc0826c JB |
2539 | /** |
2540 | * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags | |
2541 | * | |
2542 | * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to | |
2543 | * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning | |
2544 | * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting | |
2545 | * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, | |
2546 | * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. | |
2547 | * | |
af65cd96 JB |
2548 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: |
2549 | * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be | |
2550 | * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm | |
2551 | * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace | |
2552 | * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control | |
2553 | * algorithm. | |
2554 | * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of | |
2555 | * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have | |
2556 | * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config | |
2557 | * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot | |
2558 | * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for | |
2559 | * CCK frames. | |
2560 | * | |
1bc0826c JB |
2561 | * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: |
2562 | * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include | |
2563 | * the FCS at the end. | |
2564 | * | |
2565 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: | |
2566 | * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames | |
2567 | * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others | |
2568 | * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used | |
2569 | * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and | |
2570 | * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that | |
546c80c9 | 2571 | * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). |
1bc0826c | 2572 | * |
566bfe5a BR |
2573 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: |
2574 | * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We | |
2575 | * expect values between 0 and @max_signal. | |
2576 | * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. | |
2577 | * | |
566bfe5a BR |
2578 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: |
2579 | * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from | |
2580 | * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized | |
2581 | * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. | |
2582 | * | |
06ff47bc TW |
2583 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: |
2584 | * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h | |
2585 | * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC | |
8b30b1fe S |
2586 | * |
2587 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: | |
2588 | * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. | |
520eb820 | 2589 | * |
4be8c387 JB |
2590 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: |
2591 | * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). | |
2592 | * | |
2593 | * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: | |
2594 | * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies | |
2595 | * stack support for dynamic PS. | |
2596 | * | |
2597 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: | |
2598 | * Hardware has support for dynamic PS. | |
4375d083 JM |
2599 | * |
2600 | * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: | |
2601 | * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). | |
04de8381 | 2602 | * |
375177bf VN |
2603 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: |
2604 | * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to | |
2605 | * the stack. | |
2606 | * | |
1e4dcd01 | 2607 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: |
ad24b0da JB |
2608 | * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including |
2609 | * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. | |
a97c13c3 | 2610 | * |
c65dd147 EG |
2611 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC: |
2612 | * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e. | |
2613 | * dtim_period). | |
e31b8213 JB |
2614 | * |
2615 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports | |
2616 | * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If | |
2617 | * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not | |
2618 | * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still | |
2619 | * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag | |
2620 | * only in that case. | |
d057e5a3 AN |
2621 | * |
2622 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device | |
2623 | * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When | |
2624 | * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected | |
2625 | * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. | |
2626 | * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure | |
2627 | * the PS mode of connected stations. | |
edf6b784 AN |
2628 | * |
2629 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session | |
2630 | * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in | |
2631 | * software. | |
885bd8ec | 2632 | * |
4b6f1dd6 JB |
2633 | * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of |
2634 | * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only | |
2635 | * active interfaces. | |
3a25a8c8 | 2636 | * |
e27513fb BG |
2637 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to |
2638 | * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as | |
2639 | * desired (and thus have them named as desired). | |
2640 | * | |
fa7e1fbc JB |
2641 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the |
2642 | * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically | |
2643 | * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if | |
2644 | * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its | |
2645 | * supported cipher suites. | |
2646 | * | |
17c18bf8 JB |
2647 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit, |
2648 | * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration | |
2649 | * for frames. | |
2650 | * | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
2651 | * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface |
2652 | * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC) | |
2653 | * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue | |
2654 | * control for more details. | |
6d71117a | 2655 | * |
0d528d85 FF |
2656 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate |
2657 | * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm. | |
2658 | * | |
6d71117a JB |
2659 | * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any |
2660 | * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface | |
2661 | * is supported. | |
ef429dad JB |
2662 | * |
2663 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames | |
2664 | * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon. | |
7578d575 | 2665 | * |
919be62b JB |
2666 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates |
2667 | * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not | |
2668 | * using aggregation for such frames.) | |
2669 | * | |
7578d575 AN |
2670 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA) |
2671 | * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support | |
2672 | * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the | |
2673 | * CSA frame. | |
5d52ee81 | 2674 | * |
c70f59a2 IY |
2675 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload |
2676 | * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first. | |
2677 | * | |
c526a467 | 2678 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands |
c56ef672 | 2679 | * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band. |
30686bf7 | 2680 | * |
b98fb44f AN |
2681 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth |
2682 | * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel. | |
2683 | * | |
99e7ca44 EG |
2684 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs |
2685 | * within A-MPDU. | |
2686 | * | |
35afa588 HS |
2687 | * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status |
2688 | * for sent beacons. | |
2689 | * | |
31104891 JB |
2690 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each |
2691 | * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified | |
2692 | * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station | |
2693 | * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time. | |
2694 | * | |
412a6d80 SS |
2695 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the |
2696 | * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in | |
2697 | * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session | |
2698 | * timeout. | |
2699 | * | |
c9c5962b JB |
2700 | * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX, |
2701 | * which implies using per-CPU station statistics. | |
2702 | * | |
6e0456b5 FF |
2703 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated |
2704 | * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. | |
2705 | * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must | |
2706 | * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting | |
2707 | * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. | |
2708 | * | |
2709 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list | |
2710 | * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU. | |
2711 | * | |
e8a24cd4 RM |
2712 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event |
2713 | * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such | |
2714 | * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver | |
2715 | * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout. | |
2716 | * | |
f3fe4e93 SS |
2717 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself. |
2718 | * The stack will not do fragmentation. | |
2719 | * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well. | |
2720 | * | |
e2fb1b83 YT |
2721 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on |
2722 | * TDLS links. | |
2723 | * | |
94ba9271 IP |
2724 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the |
2725 | * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a | |
2726 | * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no | |
2727 | * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the | |
2728 | * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of | |
2729 | * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the | |
2730 | * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted. | |
d1361b32 | 2731 | * |
7c181f4f BCD |
2732 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't |
2733 | * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug. | |
94ba9271 | 2734 | * |
adf8ed01 JB |
2735 | * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of |
2736 | * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with. | |
2737 | * | |
09b4a4fa JB |
2738 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT |
2739 | * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if | |
2740 | * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW | |
2741 | * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver. | |
2742 | * See also the documentation for that flag. | |
2743 | * | |
0eeb2b67 SS |
2744 | * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all |
2745 | * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use | |
2746 | * TXQs to start with. | |
2747 | * | |
77f7ffdc FF |
2748 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU |
2749 | * length in tx status information | |
2750 | * | |
caf56338 SS |
2751 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID |
2752 | * | |
2753 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID | |
2754 | * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set. | |
2755 | * | |
dc3998ec AW |
2756 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only |
2757 | * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx | |
2758 | * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID. | |
2759 | * | |
6aea26ce FF |
2760 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation |
2761 | * offload | |
2762 | * | |
80a915ec FF |
2763 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation |
2764 | * offload | |
2765 | * | |
55f8205e S |
2766 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx |
2767 | * decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface. | |
2768 | * If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real | |
2769 | * usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to | |
2770 | * the stack. | |
2771 | * | |
6d945a33 LB |
2772 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION: HW/driver has support for BSS color |
2773 | * collision detection and doesn't need it in software. | |
2774 | * | |
963d0e8d JB |
2775 | * @IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX: Hardware/driver handles transmitting |
2776 | * multicast frames on all links, mac80211 should not do that. | |
2777 | * | |
42b941cd JB |
2778 | * @IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING: HW requires disabling puncturing in EHT |
2779 | * and connecting with a lower bandwidth instead | |
2780 | * | |
6f0107d1 JB |
2781 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HANDLES_QUIET_CSA: HW/driver handles quieting for CSA, so |
2782 | * no need to stop queues. This really should be set by a driver that | |
2783 | * implements MLO, so operation can continue on other links when one | |
2784 | * link is switching. | |
2785 | * | |
30686bf7 | 2786 | * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays |
1bc0826c JB |
2787 | */ |
2788 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags { | |
30686bf7 JB |
2789 | IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL, |
2790 | IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS, | |
2791 | IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING, | |
2792 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, | |
2793 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM, | |
2794 | IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC, | |
2795 | IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT, | |
2796 | IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION, | |
2797 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS, | |
2798 | IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK, | |
2799 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS, | |
2800 | IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE, | |
2801 | IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF, | |
2802 | IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF, | |
2803 | IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, | |
2804 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT, | |
2805 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS, | |
2806 | IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR, | |
2807 | IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, | |
2808 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK, | |
2809 | IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, | |
2810 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW, | |
2811 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, | |
2812 | IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF, | |
2813 | IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY, | |
2814 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES, | |
2815 | IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA, | |
2816 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS, | |
2817 | IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS, | |
b98fb44f | 2818 | IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW, |
99e7ca44 | 2819 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU, |
35afa588 | 2820 | IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS, |
31104891 | 2821 | IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR, |
412a6d80 | 2822 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER, |
c9c5962b | 2823 | IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS, |
6e0456b5 FF |
2824 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU, |
2825 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST, | |
e8a24cd4 | 2826 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK, |
f3fe4e93 | 2827 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG, |
e2fb1b83 | 2828 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA, |
94ba9271 | 2829 | IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, |
7c181f4f | 2830 | IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP, |
adf8ed01 | 2831 | IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ, |
09b4a4fa | 2832 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW, |
0eeb2b67 | 2833 | IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ, |
77f7ffdc | 2834 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN, |
caf56338 SS |
2835 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID, |
2836 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID, | |
dc3998ec | 2837 | IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT, |
6aea26ce | 2838 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD, |
80a915ec | 2839 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD, |
55f8205e | 2840 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP, |
6d945a33 | 2841 | IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION, |
963d0e8d | 2842 | IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX, |
42b941cd | 2843 | IEEE80211_HW_DISALLOW_PUNCTURING, |
6f0107d1 | 2844 | IEEE80211_HW_HANDLES_QUIET_CSA, |
30686bf7 JB |
2845 | |
2846 | /* keep last, obviously */ | |
2847 | NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS | |
1bc0826c JB |
2848 | }; |
2849 | ||
7ac1bd6a JB |
2850 | /** |
2851 | * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2852 | * |
2853 | * This structure contains the configuration and hardware | |
2854 | * information for an 802.11 PHY. | |
2855 | * | |
2856 | * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this | |
2857 | * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev | |
2858 | * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() | |
8318d78a JB |
2859 | * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported |
2860 | * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2861 | * |
2862 | * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. | |
2863 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
2864 | * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use |
2865 | * along with this structure. | |
2866 | * | |
2867 | * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. | |
2868 | * | |
2869 | * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb | |
2870 | * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) | |
2871 | * | |
70dabeb7 FF |
2872 | * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb. |
2873 | * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs. | |
75a5f0cc | 2874 | * |
566bfe5a | 2875 | * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used |
ad24b0da | 2876 | * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB |
75a5f0cc | 2877 | * |
ea95bba4 | 2878 | * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval |
ad24b0da | 2879 | * that HW supports |
ea95bba4 | 2880 | * |
75a5f0cc | 2881 | * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for |
e100bb64 JB |
2882 | * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these |
2883 | * queues need to have configurable access parameters. | |
2884 | * | |
830f9038 JB |
2885 | * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. |
2886 | * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be | |
2887 | * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). | |
32bfd35d JB |
2888 | * |
2889 | * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area | |
2890 | * within &struct ieee80211_vif. | |
17741cdc JB |
2891 | * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2892 | * within &struct ieee80211_sta. | |
d01a1e65 MK |
2893 | * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2894 | * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
2895 | * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
2896 | * within @struct ieee80211_txq. | |
870abdf6 | 2897 | * |
78be49ec HS |
2898 | * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw |
2899 | * can handle. | |
2900 | * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages | |
2901 | * the hw can report back. | |
e6a9854b | 2902 | * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage |
4e6cbfd0 | 2903 | * |
df6ba5d8 LC |
2904 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of |
2905 | * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver | |
2906 | * aggregation. | |
2907 | * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the | |
2908 | * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering | |
2909 | * it shouldn't be set. | |
5dd36bc9 JB |
2910 | * |
2911 | * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an | |
41cbb0f5 LC |
2912 | * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll |
2913 | * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if | |
2914 | * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N | |
2915 | * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012). | |
2916 | * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used. | |
3a25a8c8 | 2917 | * |
6e0456b5 FF |
2918 | * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum |
2919 | * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list. | |
2920 | * | |
3a25a8c8 JB |
2921 | * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX |
2922 | * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set) | |
ac55d2fe JB |
2923 | * |
2924 | * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW | |
2925 | * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't | |
b4f7f4ad | 2926 | * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only |
ac55d2fe | 2927 | * adding _BW is supported today. |
72d78728 | 2928 | * |
51648921 JB |
2929 | * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports, |
2930 | * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH. | |
b4f7f4ad | 2931 | * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values. |
51648921 | 2932 | * |
99ee7cae | 2933 | * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the |
7d419463 | 2934 | * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp |
99ee7cae | 2935 | * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status |
7d419463 JB |
2936 | * device_timestamp. |
2937 | * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a | |
2938 | * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a | |
2939 | * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value. | |
2940 | * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the | |
2941 | * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set. | |
99ee7cae | 2942 | * |
72d78728 | 2943 | * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created |
680a0dab JB |
2944 | * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211, |
2945 | * other features will be rejected during HW registration. | |
219c3867 AB |
2946 | * |
2947 | * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate | |
2948 | * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery- | |
2949 | * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap. | |
2950 | * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means | |
2951 | * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means | |
2952 | * neither enabled. | |
2953 | * | |
2954 | * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may | |
2955 | * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA. | |
2956 | * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values. | |
2475b1cc | 2957 | * |
167e33f4 AB |
2958 | * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the |
2959 | * device. | |
70e53669 WG |
2960 | * |
2961 | * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from | |
2962 | * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed, | |
2963 | * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers. | |
b4809e94 | 2964 | * |
cb86880e | 2965 | * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while |
b4809e94 | 2966 | * refilling deficit of each TXQ. |
06354665 WG |
2967 | * |
2968 | * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set. | |
44fa75f2 JJ |
2969 | * |
2970 | * @tx_power_levels: a list of power levels supported by the wifi hardware. | |
2971 | * The power levels can be specified either as integer or fractions. | |
2972 | * The power level at idx 0 shall be the maximum positive power level. | |
2973 | * | |
2974 | * @max_txpwr_levels_idx: the maximum valid idx of 'tx_power_levels' list. | |
7ac1bd6a | 2975 | */ |
f0706e82 | 2976 | struct ieee80211_hw { |
f0706e82 | 2977 | struct ieee80211_conf conf; |
75a5f0cc | 2978 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
830f9038 | 2979 | const char *rate_control_algorithm; |
f0706e82 | 2980 | void *priv; |
30686bf7 | 2981 | unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)]; |
f0706e82 | 2982 | unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; |
70dabeb7 | 2983 | unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom; |
32bfd35d | 2984 | int vif_data_size; |
17741cdc | 2985 | int sta_data_size; |
d01a1e65 | 2986 | int chanctx_data_size; |
ba8c3d6f | 2987 | int txq_data_size; |
ea95bba4 | 2988 | u16 queues; |
ea95bba4 | 2989 | u16 max_listen_interval; |
f0706e82 | 2990 | s8 max_signal; |
e6a9854b | 2991 | u8 max_rates; |
78be49ec | 2992 | u8 max_report_rates; |
e6a9854b | 2993 | u8 max_rate_tries; |
41cbb0f5 LC |
2994 | u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
2995 | u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; | |
6e0456b5 | 2996 | u8 max_tx_fragments; |
3a25a8c8 | 2997 | u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue; |
ac55d2fe | 2998 | u8 radiotap_mcs_details; |
51648921 | 2999 | u16 radiotap_vht_details; |
99ee7cae JB |
3000 | struct { |
3001 | int units_pos; | |
3002 | s16 accuracy; | |
3003 | } radiotap_timestamp; | |
72d78728 | 3004 | netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
219c3867 AB |
3005 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
3006 | u8 uapsd_max_sp_len; | |
167e33f4 | 3007 | u8 max_nan_de_entries; |
70e53669 | 3008 | u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift; |
b4809e94 | 3009 | u8 weight_multiplier; |
06354665 | 3010 | u32 max_mtu; |
44fa75f2 JJ |
3011 | const s8 *tx_power_levels; |
3012 | u8 max_txpwr_levels_idx; | |
f0706e82 JB |
3013 | }; |
3014 | ||
30686bf7 JB |
3015 | static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
3016 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) | |
3017 | { | |
3018 | return test_bit(flg, hw->flags); | |
3019 | } | |
3020 | #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) | |
3021 | ||
3022 | static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
3023 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) | |
3024 | { | |
3025 | return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags); | |
3026 | } | |
3027 | #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) | |
3028 | ||
c56ef672 DS |
3029 | /** |
3030 | * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request | |
3031 | * | |
3032 | * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie) | |
3033 | * @req: cfg80211 request. | |
3034 | */ | |
3035 | struct ieee80211_scan_request { | |
3036 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies; | |
3037 | ||
3038 | /* Keep last */ | |
3039 | struct cfg80211_scan_request req; | |
3040 | }; | |
3041 | ||
8a4d32f3 AN |
3042 | /** |
3043 | * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters | |
3044 | * | |
3045 | * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from | |
3046 | * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request | |
3047 | * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode | |
3048 | * @status: channel-switch response status | |
3049 | * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received | |
3050 | * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame | |
3051 | * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame | |
3052 | * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template | |
3053 | * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb | |
3054 | */ | |
3055 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params { | |
3056 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
3057 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef; | |
3058 | u8 action_code; | |
3059 | u32 status; | |
3060 | u32 timestamp; | |
3061 | u16 switch_time; | |
3062 | u16 switch_timeout; | |
3063 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb; | |
3064 | u32 ch_sw_tm_ie; | |
3065 | }; | |
3066 | ||
9a95371a LR |
3067 | /** |
3068 | * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy | |
3069 | * | |
3070 | * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query | |
3071 | * | |
3072 | * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective | |
3073 | * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private | |
3074 | * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should | |
3075 | * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this | |
3076 | * is already used internally by mac80211. | |
0ae997dc YB |
3077 | * |
3078 | * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy. | |
9a95371a LR |
3079 | */ |
3080 | struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); | |
3081 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3082 | /** |
3083 | * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware | |
3084 | * | |
3085 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for | |
3086 | * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device | |
3087 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
3088 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) |
3089 | { | |
3090 | set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); | |
3091 | } | |
3092 | ||
75a5f0cc | 3093 | /** |
e37d4dff | 3094 | * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware |
75a5f0cc JB |
3095 | * |
3096 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for | |
3097 | * @addr: the address to set | |
3098 | */ | |
538dc904 | 3099 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr) |
f0706e82 JB |
3100 | { |
3101 | memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | ||
2e92e6f2 JB |
3104 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
3105 | ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
e039fa4a | 3106 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
2e92e6f2 | 3107 | { |
aa331df0 | 3108 | if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) |
2e92e6f2 | 3109 | return NULL; |
e6a9854b | 3110 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
3111 | } |
3112 | ||
3113 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | |
3114 | ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
e039fa4a | 3115 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
2e92e6f2 | 3116 | { |
e039fa4a | 3117 | if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) |
2e92e6f2 | 3118 | return NULL; |
e039fa4a | 3119 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
3120 | } |
3121 | ||
3122 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * | |
3123 | ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
870abdf6 | 3124 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) |
2e92e6f2 | 3125 | { |
e6a9854b | 3126 | if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) |
2e92e6f2 | 3127 | return NULL; |
e6a9854b | 3128 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; |
2e92e6f2 JB |
3129 | } |
3130 | ||
6096de7f JB |
3131 | /** |
3132 | * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb | |
3133 | * @hw: the hardware | |
3134 | * @skb: the skb | |
3135 | * | |
3f2aef10 | 3136 | * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure |
6096de7f JB |
3137 | * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported. |
3138 | */ | |
3139 | void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); | |
3140 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3141 | /** |
3142 | * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration | |
3143 | * | |
3144 | * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware | |
3145 | * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. | |
3146 | * | |
3147 | * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given | |
3148 | * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and | |
dc822b5d JB |
3149 | * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL |
3150 | * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to | |
3151 | * the station information for the peer for individual keys. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3152 | * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when |
3153 | * VLANs are configured for an access point. | |
4150c572 | 3154 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
3155 | * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx |
3156 | * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf | |
3157 | * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. | |
3158 | * | |
3159 | * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if | |
3160 | * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be | |
3161 | * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the | |
cbb56fba | 3162 | * hardware key index. You are free to use the full u8 range. |
75a5f0cc | 3163 | * |
fa7e1fbc JB |
3164 | * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is |
3165 | * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if | |
3166 | * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the | |
3167 | * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software. | |
3168 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3169 | * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. |
3170 | * | |
3171 | * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key | |
cbb56fba | 3172 | * for it has been uploaded to hardware. The stack will not make any |
75a5f0cc JB |
3173 | * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather |
3174 | * based on the receive flags. | |
3175 | * | |
3176 | * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key | |
3177 | * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() | |
3178 | * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate | |
3179 | * keys. | |
9ae4fda3 EG |
3180 | * |
3181 | * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption | |
3182 | * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key | |
3183 | * handler. | |
3184 | * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. | |
25985edc | 3185 | * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The |
9ae4fda3 | 3186 | * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did |
cbb56fba | 3187 | * rekeying); it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is |
e37d4dff | 3188 | * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this |
9ae4fda3 | 3189 | * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. |
de5fad81 YD |
3190 | * |
3191 | * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index | |
3192 | * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required | |
3193 | * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses). | |
62872a9b AW |
3194 | * |
3195 | * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag | |
66b239d2 | 3196 | * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following |
62872a9b | 3197 | * requirements: |
33092aca AW |
3198 | * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211 |
3199 | once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been completed, | |
62872a9b AW |
3200 | 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued |
3201 | at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits), | |
3202 | 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command | |
33092aca AW |
3203 | encrypted with the new key when also needing |
3204 | @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV and | |
62872a9b AW |
3205 | 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted. |
3206 | Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver. | |
4150c572 | 3207 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 3208 | |
4be8c387 JB |
3209 | /** |
3210 | * DOC: Powersave support | |
3211 | * | |
3212 | * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. | |
3213 | * | |
cbb56fba | 3214 | * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself; |
c99445b1 KV |
3215 | * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware |
3216 | * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode | |
3217 | * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. | |
3218 | * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, | |
3219 | * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required | |
3220 | * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when | |
3221 | * it finds traffic directed to it. | |
3222 | * | |
3223 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in | |
3224 | * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused | |
3225 | * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking | |
2738bd68 BC |
3226 | * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it |
3227 | * back to sleep at appropriate times. | |
c99445b1 KV |
3228 | * |
3229 | * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the | |
3230 | * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be | |
3231 | * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. | |
4be8c387 JB |
3232 | * |
3233 | * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also | |
3234 | * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported | |
3235 | * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and | |
3236 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still | |
955394c9 JB |
3237 | * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle |
3238 | * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that | |
cbb56fba | 3239 | * as best as it can; mac80211 is too slow to do that. |
c99445b1 KV |
3240 | * |
3241 | * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the | |
3242 | * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a | |
3243 | * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to | |
cbb56fba | 3244 | * the next wakeup. It's a compromise of getting good enough latency when |
c99445b1 KV |
3245 | * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle |
3246 | * periods. | |
3247 | * | |
2738bd68 | 3248 | * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling |
c99445b1 KV |
3249 | * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS |
3250 | * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, | |
3251 | * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the | |
3252 | * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support | |
3253 | * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the | |
3254 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value | |
3255 | * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable | |
3256 | * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS | |
3257 | * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. | |
3258 | * | |
3259 | * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling | |
848955cc | 3260 | * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the |
e227867f | 3261 | * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS |
c99445b1 KV |
3262 | * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To |
3263 | * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames | |
3264 | * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. | |
3265 | * | |
3266 | * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with | |
3267 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. | |
4be8c387 JB |
3268 | */ |
3269 | ||
04de8381 KV |
3270 | /** |
3271 | * DOC: Beacon filter support | |
3272 | * | |
3273 | * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups | |
42b2aa86 | 3274 | * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that |
04de8381 KV |
3275 | * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly |
3276 | * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the | |
3277 | * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That | |
3278 | * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information | |
3279 | * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. | |
3280 | * | |
c1288b12 JB |
3281 | * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER |
3282 | * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support | |
955394c9 JB |
3283 | * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When |
3284 | * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the | |
3285 | * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). | |
3286 | * | |
3287 | * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the | |
3288 | * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call | |
3289 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled | |
3290 | * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. | |
3291 | * | |
3292 | * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing | |
3293 | * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 | |
3294 | * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense | |
3295 | * that we want to see changes in them. This will include | |
b4f7f4ad | 3296 | * |
955394c9 JB |
3297 | * - a list of information element IDs |
3298 | * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element | |
3299 | * | |
3300 | * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the | |
3301 | * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense | |
3302 | * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device | |
3303 | * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all | |
3304 | * vendor information elements. | |
3305 | * | |
3306 | * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information | |
3307 | * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. | |
3308 | * | |
cbb56fba | 3309 | * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead. Just make sure nothing |
955394c9 JB |
3310 | * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing |
3311 | * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and | |
3312 | * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, | |
3313 | * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility | |
3314 | * it could also include some currently unused IDs. | |
3315 | * | |
3316 | * | |
3317 | * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the | |
3318 | * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming | |
3319 | * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of | |
cbb56fba | 3320 | * the received data packets). This can consist of notifying the host when |
955394c9 JB |
3321 | * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above |
3322 | * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be | |
3323 | * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement | |
3324 | * them as the roaming algorithm requires. | |
3325 | * | |
3326 | * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to | |
3327 | * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the | |
3328 | * signal strength threshold checking. | |
04de8381 KV |
3329 | */ |
3330 | ||
0f78231b JB |
3331 | /** |
3332 | * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save | |
3333 | * | |
3334 | * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve | |
3335 | * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism | |
3336 | * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) | |
3337 | * "11.2.3 SM power save". | |
3338 | * | |
3339 | * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames | |
3340 | * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct | |
3341 | * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the | |
3342 | * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware | |
3343 | * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by | |
3344 | * hardware flags. | |
3345 | * | |
3346 | * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 | |
3347 | * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS | |
3348 | * turned off otherwise. | |
3349 | * | |
3350 | * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate | |
3351 | * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() | |
3352 | * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to | |
3353 | * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. | |
3354 | */ | |
3355 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3356 | /** |
3357 | * DOC: Frame filtering | |
3358 | * | |
3359 | * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper | |
3360 | * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when | |
3361 | * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, | |
3362 | * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is | |
3363 | * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. | |
3364 | * | |
3365 | * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell | |
3366 | * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be | |
3367 | * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. | |
3368 | * | |
3ac64bee JB |
3369 | * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() |
3370 | * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list | |
3371 | * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. | |
3372 | * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to | |
3373 | * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the | |
3374 | * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and | |
3375 | * @total_flags with the new flag states. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3376 | * |
3377 | * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will | |
3378 | * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count | |
3379 | * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted | |
3380 | * or dropped. | |
3381 | * | |
d0f5afbe MB |
3382 | * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. |
3383 | * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ | |
3384 | * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore | |
3385 | * the flag, but not clear it. | |
3386 | * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the | |
3387 | * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type | |
3388 | * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). | |
3389 | * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware | |
3390 | * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes | |
3391 | * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, | |
3392 | * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. | |
3393 | * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. | |
4150c572 | 3394 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 3395 | |
4b801bc9 JB |
3396 | /** |
3397 | * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients | |
3398 | * | |
3399 | * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for | |
3400 | * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD. | |
3401 | * There currently is no support for sAPSD. | |
3402 | * | |
3403 | * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client | |
3404 | * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time. | |
3405 | * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but | |
3406 | * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies | |
3407 | * the driver code. | |
3408 | * | |
3409 | * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete | |
3410 | * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set, | |
3411 | * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for | |
3412 | * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames. | |
3413 | * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of | |
3414 | * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't | |
3415 | * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD. | |
3416 | * | |
3417 | * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the | |
3418 | * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a | |
3419 | * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is, | |
3420 | * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is | |
3421 | * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this | |
3422 | * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to | |
3423 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will | |
3424 | * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The | |
3425 | * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its | |
3426 | * @sta_notify callback. | |
3427 | * | |
3428 | * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up, | |
3429 | * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period. | |
3430 | * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and | |
3431 | * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When | |
3432 | * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211 | |
3433 | * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames | |
3434 | * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit | |
02f2f1a9 | 3435 | * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |
4b801bc9 JB |
3436 | * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only |
3437 | * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to | |
3438 | * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have | |
3439 | * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS. | |
3440 | * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is | |
3441 | * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer. | |
3442 | * | |
02f2f1a9 JB |
3443 | * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by |
3444 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them. | |
3445 | * | |
4b801bc9 JB |
3446 | * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi |
3447 | * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up | |
3448 | * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being | |
3449 | * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong | |
3450 | * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be | |
3451 | * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to | |
3452 | * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can | |
3453 | * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it | |
3454 | * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames | |
3455 | * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again | |
3456 | * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked. | |
3457 | * | |
3458 | * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any | |
3459 | * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is | |
3460 | * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any | |
3461 | * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up | |
3462 | * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when | |
3463 | * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service | |
3464 | * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called | |
3465 | * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are | |
3466 | * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting | |
cbb56fba RD |
3467 | * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames. |
3468 | * To help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if | |
4b801bc9 JB |
3469 | * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames |
3470 | * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the | |
3471 | * buffers for those TIDs contain. | |
3472 | * | |
3473 | * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may | |
3474 | * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must | |
3475 | * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that | |
3476 | * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid | |
3477 | * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released | |
e943789e | 3478 | * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp() |
4b801bc9 JB |
3479 | * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway. |
3480 | * | |
3481 | * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211 | |
3482 | * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags | |
3483 | * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) | |
3484 | * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame. | |
e943789e | 3485 | * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case. |
b77cf4f8 JB |
3486 | * |
3487 | * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data | |
3488 | * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as | |
3489 | * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame | |
3490 | * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed. | |
4b801bc9 JB |
3491 | */ |
3492 | ||
3a25a8c8 JB |
3493 | /** |
3494 | * DOC: HW queue control | |
3495 | * | |
3496 | * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static | |
3497 | * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This | |
3498 | * was problematic for a few reasons: | |
3499 | * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames | |
3500 | * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly | |
3501 | * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames | |
3502 | * | |
3503 | * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all | |
3504 | * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it | |
3505 | * won't have the same problem with the software queues. | |
3506 | * | |
3507 | * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability | |
3508 | * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do | |
3509 | * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif | |
3510 | * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will | |
3511 | * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and | |
3512 | * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors | |
3513 | * the hardware queue. | |
3514 | * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue | |
3515 | * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.) | |
3516 | * | |
cbb56fba | 3517 | * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed; multiple virtual |
3a25a8c8 JB |
3518 | * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to |
3519 | * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a | |
3520 | * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have | |
3521 | * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios: | |
3522 | * | |
3523 | * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3 | |
3524 | * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7 | |
3525 | * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8 | |
3526 | * off-channel queue: 9 | |
3527 | * | |
3528 | * It would then set up the hardware like this: | |
3529 | * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9 | |
3530 | * | |
3531 | * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows: | |
3532 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0 | |
3533 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1 | |
3534 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2 | |
3535 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3 | |
3536 | * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE | |
3537 | * and the second virtual interface with 4-7. | |
3538 | * | |
3539 | * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second | |
3540 | * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC. | |
3541 | * | |
3542 | * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE | |
3543 | * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the | |
3544 | * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when | |
3545 | * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode. | |
3546 | */ | |
3547 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3548 | /** |
3549 | * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags | |
3550 | * | |
3551 | * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be | |
3552 | * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the | |
3553 | * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, | |
3554 | * but this has negative impact on power consumption. | |
3555 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3556 | * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested |
3557 | * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by | |
3558 | * multicast address. | |
3559 | * | |
3560 | * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the | |
3561 | * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) | |
3562 | * | |
3563 | * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set | |
3564 | * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them | |
3565 | * | |
3566 | * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate | |
3567 | * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses | |
3568 | * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing | |
3569 | * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should | |
3570 | * honour this flag if possible. | |
3571 | * | |
df140465 JB |
3572 | * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this |
3573 | * station | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3574 | * |
3575 | * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes | |
e3b90ca2 | 3576 | * |
c2d3955b | 3577 | * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames |
7be5086d JB |
3578 | * |
3579 | * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames | |
873b1cf6 JM |
3580 | * |
3581 | * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames | |
4150c572 | 3582 | */ |
75a5f0cc | 3583 | enum ieee80211_filter_flags { |
75a5f0cc JB |
3584 | FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1, |
3585 | FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2, | |
3586 | FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3, | |
3587 | FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4, | |
3588 | FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5, | |
3589 | FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6, | |
e3b90ca2 | 3590 | FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7, |
7be5086d | 3591 | FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8, |
873b1cf6 | 3592 | FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9, |
75a5f0cc JB |
3593 | }; |
3594 | ||
1b7d03ac RR |
3595 | /** |
3596 | * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions | |
3597 | * | |
3598 | * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in | |
3599 | * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. | |
827d42c9 JB |
3600 | * |
3601 | * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation | |
3602 | * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by | |
5d22c89b | 3603 | * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer |
827d42c9 JB |
3604 | * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! |
3605 | * | |
18b559d5 JB |
3606 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation |
3607 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation | |
2ce113de | 3608 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either |
0c197f16 MG |
3609 | * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or |
3610 | * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status | |
3611 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after | |
3612 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special | |
2ce113de | 3613 | * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE. |
b1720231 | 3614 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational |
18b559d5 JB |
3615 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting |
3616 | * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the | |
3617 | * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(). | |
3618 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets, | |
3619 | * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call | |
3620 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the | |
3621 | * session is gone and removes the station. | |
3622 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped | |
3623 | * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and | |
3624 | * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers | |
3625 | * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called. | |
1b7d03ac RR |
3626 | */ |
3627 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { | |
3628 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, | |
3629 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, | |
0df3ef45 | 3630 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, |
18b559d5 JB |
3631 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT, |
3632 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH, | |
3633 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT, | |
b1720231 | 3634 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, |
1b7d03ac | 3635 | }; |
75a5f0cc | 3636 | |
2ce113de | 3637 | #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1 |
0c197f16 | 3638 | #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2 |
2ce113de | 3639 | |
50ea05ef SS |
3640 | /** |
3641 | * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters | |
3642 | * | |
3643 | * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. | |
3644 | * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session | |
3645 | * @tid: tid of the BA session | |
3646 | * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When | |
3647 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the | |
3648 | * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here. | |
3649 | * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the | |
3650 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or | |
3651 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL | |
3652 | * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU. | |
3653 | * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL | |
3654 | * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to | |
3655 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START | |
3656 | */ | |
3657 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params { | |
3658 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action; | |
3659 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; | |
3660 | u16 tid; | |
3661 | u16 ssn; | |
41cbb0f5 | 3662 | u16 buf_size; |
50ea05ef SS |
3663 | bool amsdu; |
3664 | u16 timeout; | |
3665 | }; | |
3666 | ||
4049e09a JB |
3667 | /** |
3668 | * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason | |
3669 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll | |
47086fc5 JB |
3670 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to |
3671 | * frame received on trigger-enabled AC | |
4049e09a JB |
3672 | */ |
3673 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type { | |
3674 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL, | |
47086fc5 | 3675 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD, |
4049e09a JB |
3676 | }; |
3677 | ||
8f727ef3 JB |
3678 | /** |
3679 | * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed | |
3680 | * | |
3681 | * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit | |
e1a0c6b3 JB |
3682 | * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station |
3683 | * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 | |
3684 | * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes. | |
8f727ef3 | 3685 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed. |
e687f61e AQ |
3686 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer |
3687 | * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about | |
3688 | * the peer. | |
0af83d3d JB |
3689 | * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed |
3690 | * by the peer | |
8f727ef3 JB |
3691 | */ |
3692 | enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed { | |
3693 | IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), | |
3694 | IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1), | |
e687f61e | 3695 | IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
0af83d3d | 3696 | IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3), |
8f727ef3 JB |
3697 | }; |
3698 | ||
d339d5ca IP |
3699 | /** |
3700 | * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type | |
3701 | * | |
3702 | * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations, | |
3703 | * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other | |
ae4a50ee | 3704 | * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa). |
d339d5ca IP |
3705 | * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC |
3706 | * operations compared to other operations/flows. | |
3707 | * | |
3708 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC. | |
3709 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required | |
ae4a50ee | 3710 | * for sending management frames offchannel. |
d339d5ca IP |
3711 | */ |
3712 | enum ieee80211_roc_type { | |
3713 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0, | |
3714 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX, | |
3715 | }; | |
3716 | ||
cf2c92d8 | 3717 | /** |
b1e8eb11 | 3718 | * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type |
cf2c92d8 EP |
3719 | * |
3720 | * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what | |
3721 | * reconfiguration type was completed. | |
3722 | * | |
3723 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type | |
3724 | * (also due to resume() callback returning 1) | |
3725 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless | |
3726 | * of wowlan configuration) | |
3727 | */ | |
3728 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type { | |
3729 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART, | |
3730 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND, | |
3731 | }; | |
3732 | ||
15fae341 JB |
3733 | /** |
3734 | * struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info - prepare TX information | |
3735 | * @duration: if non-zero, hint about the required duration, | |
3736 | * only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method. | |
3737 | * @subtype: frame subtype (auth, (re)assoc, deauth, disassoc) | |
3738 | * @success: whether the frame exchange was successful, only | |
3739 | * used with the mgd_complete_tx() method, and then only | |
3740 | * valid for auth and (re)assoc. | |
e76f3b4a MK |
3741 | * @link_id: the link id on which the frame will be TX'ed. |
3742 | * Only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method. | |
15fae341 JB |
3743 | */ |
3744 | struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info { | |
3745 | u16 duration; | |
3746 | u16 subtype; | |
3747 | u8 success:1; | |
e76f3b4a | 3748 | int link_id; |
15fae341 JB |
3749 | }; |
3750 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
3751 | /** |
3752 | * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver | |
3753 | * | |
3754 | * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may | |
3755 | * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure | |
3756 | * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. | |
3757 | * | |
3758 | * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. | |
3759 | * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. | |
3760 | * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on | |
eefce91a | 3761 | * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, |
11127e91 | 3762 | * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately. |
11127e91 | 3763 | * Must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3764 | * |
3765 | * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware | |
3766 | * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on | |
3767 | * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) | |
3768 | * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, | |
3769 | * or zero. | |
3770 | * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address | |
3771 | * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device | |
3772 | * is added. | |
e1781ed3 | 3773 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3774 | * |
3775 | * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware | |
3776 | * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least | |
3777 | * it must turn off frame reception.) | |
3778 | * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects | |
42935eca LR |
3779 | * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
3780 | * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. | |
e1781ed3 | 3781 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3782 | * |
eecc4800 JB |
3783 | * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and |
3784 | * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then | |
3785 | * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is | |
3786 | * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and | |
3787 | * reconfigured at resume time. | |
2b4562df JB |
3788 | * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it |
3789 | * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only | |
3790 | * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it | |
3791 | * must return 1 from this function. | |
eecc4800 JB |
3792 | * |
3793 | * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is | |
3794 | * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully | |
3795 | * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is | |
3796 | * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 | |
3797 | * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. | |
3798 | * | |
d13e1414 JB |
3799 | * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is |
3800 | * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is | |
3801 | * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only | |
3802 | * in suspend(). | |
3803 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3804 | * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is |
e37d4dff | 3805 | * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start |
75a5f0cc JB |
3806 | * and @stop must be implemented. |
3807 | * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before | |
3808 | * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the | |
3809 | * interface is given in the conf parameter. | |
3810 | * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a | |
3811 | * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) | |
e1781ed3 | 3812 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3813 | * |
34d4bc4d JB |
3814 | * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback |
3815 | * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be | |
3816 | * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. | |
3817 | * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be | |
3818 | * found by the interface iteration callbacks. | |
3819 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3820 | * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. |
3821 | * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface | |
3822 | * and no monitor interfaces are present. | |
3823 | * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware | |
3824 | * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, | |
3825 | * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the | |
3826 | * MAC address of the device going away. | |
e1781ed3 | 3827 | * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3828 | * |
3829 | * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this | |
3830 | * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. | |
6dd1bf31 | 3831 | * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code |
e1781ed3 | 3832 | * if it does. The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3833 | * |
471b3efd JB |
3834 | * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS |
3835 | * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low | |
3836 | * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). | |
3837 | * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless | |
3838 | * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which | |
e1781ed3 KV |
3839 | * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback |
3840 | * can sleep. | |
7b7090b4 JB |
3841 | * Note: this callback is called if @vif_cfg_changed or @link_info_changed |
3842 | * are not implemented. | |
3843 | * | |
3844 | * @vif_cfg_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to interface | |
3845 | * (MLD) parameters from &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg that vary during the | |
3846 | * lifetime of the interface (e.g. assoc status, IP addresses, etc.) | |
3847 | * The @changed parameter indicates which value changed. | |
3848 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3849 | * | |
3850 | * @link_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to link | |
3851 | * parameters from &struct ieee80211_bss_conf that are related to an | |
3852 | * individual link. e.g. legacy/HT/VHT/... rate information. | |
3853 | * The @changed parameter indicates which value changed, and the @link_id | |
3854 | * parameter indicates the link ID. Note that the @link_id will be 0 for | |
3855 | * non-MLO connections. | |
3856 | * The callback can sleep. | |
471b3efd | 3857 | * |
3ac64bee JB |
3858 | * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. |
3859 | * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed | |
3860 | * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. | |
3861 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
3862 | * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. |
3863 | * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. | |
e1781ed3 | 3864 | * This callback must be implemented and can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3865 | * |
1b09b556 AO |
3866 | * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter. |
3867 | * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames | |
3868 | * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination | |
3869 | * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates | |
3870 | * which flags are changed. | |
3871 | * This callback can sleep. | |
3872 | * | |
546c80c9 | 3873 | * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit |
17741cdc | 3874 | * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc JB |
3875 | * |
3876 | * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" | |
e1781ed3 KV |
3877 | * This callback is only called between add_interface and |
3878 | * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface | |
dc822b5d | 3879 | * is enabled. |
6dd1bf31 | 3880 | * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. |
e1781ed3 | 3881 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3882 | * |
9ae4fda3 EG |
3883 | * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
3884 | * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers | |
3885 | * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. | |
eb807fb2 | 3886 | * The callback must be atomic. |
9ae4fda3 | 3887 | * |
c68f4b89 JB |
3888 | * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the |
3889 | * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data | |
3890 | * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter. | |
3891 | * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify | |
3892 | * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(). | |
3893 | * | |
de5fad81 YD |
3894 | * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for |
3895 | * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP | |
3896 | * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it. | |
3897 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3898 | * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start |
8318d78a | 3899 | * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel |
9050bdd8 KV |
3900 | * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's |
3901 | * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure | |
de95a54b JB |
3902 | * that power save is disabled. |
3903 | * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the | |
3904 | * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these | |
3905 | * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the | |
3906 | * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). | |
3907 | * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; | |
3908 | * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to | |
3909 | * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. | |
e9da68dd JB |
3910 | * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1, |
3911 | * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a | |
3912 | * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this | |
3913 | * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't | |
3914 | * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is. | |
e1781ed3 | 3915 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3916 | * |
b856439b EP |
3917 | * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan. |
3918 | * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible), | |
3919 | * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call | |
3920 | * ieee80211_scan_completed(). | |
3921 | * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new | |
3922 | * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended. | |
3923 | * The callback can sleep. | |
3924 | * | |
79f460ca LC |
3925 | * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at |
3926 | * specific intervals. The driver must call the | |
3927 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. | |
3928 | * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. | |
3929 | * | |
3930 | * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. | |
37e3308c | 3931 | * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called. |
79f460ca | 3932 | * |
80e775bf MB |
3933 | * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan |
3934 | * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. | |
a344d677 JB |
3935 | * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR, |
3936 | * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it | |
3937 | * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep. | |
80e775bf | 3938 | * |
e1781ed3 KV |
3939 | * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a |
3940 | * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need | |
3941 | * this notification. | |
3942 | * The callback can sleep. | |
80e775bf | 3943 | * |
6dd1bf31 BC |
3944 | * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. |
3945 | * Returns zero if statistics are available. | |
e1781ed3 | 3946 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3947 | * |
9352c19f JB |
3948 | * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does |
3949 | * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the | |
3950 | * IV/PN for the given key from hardware. | |
e1781ed3 | 3951 | * The callback must be atomic. |
75a5f0cc | 3952 | * |
f23a4780 | 3953 | * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this |
f3fe4e93 SS |
3954 | * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the |
3955 | * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG | |
3956 | * should be set as well. | |
f23a4780 AN |
3957 | * The callback can sleep. |
3958 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 3959 | * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) |
e1781ed3 | 3960 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 3961 | * |
34e89507 JB |
3962 | * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, |
3963 | * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. | |
3964 | * | |
3965 | * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
3966 | * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback |
3967 | * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected; | |
3968 | * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing | |
3969 | * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. | |
3970 | * This callback can sleep. | |
34e89507 | 3971 | * |
a1f5dcb1 MK |
3972 | * @vif_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add a debugfs vif |
3973 | * directory with its files. This callback should be within a | |
3974 | * CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This callback can sleep. | |
3975 | * | |
170cd6a6 BB |
3976 | * @link_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
3977 | * when a link is added to a mac80211 vif. This callback should be within | |
3978 | * a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This callback can sleep. | |
3979 | * For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the default bss_conf | |
3980 | * with the vif's directory rather than a separate subdirectory. | |
3981 | * | |
77d2ece6 SM |
3982 | * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
3983 | * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback | |
c7e9dbcf JB |
3984 | * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
3985 | * callback can sleep. | |
77d2ece6 | 3986 | * |
d2caad52 BB |
3987 | * @link_sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
3988 | * when a link is added to a mac80211 station. This callback | |
d33ed97d | 3989 | * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
d2caad52 BB |
3990 | * callback can sleep. |
3991 | * For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the deflink with the | |
3992 | * station's directory rather than a separate subdirectory. | |
3993 | * | |
34e89507 | 3994 | * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an |
d057e5a3 AN |
3995 | * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating |
3996 | * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag | |
3997 | * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. | |
4571d3bf | 3998 | * |
07e97338 QH |
3999 | * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx |
4000 | * power for the station. | |
4001 | * This callback can sleep. | |
4002 | * | |
f09603a2 JB |
4003 | * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a |
4004 | * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.) | |
4005 | * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove. | |
4006 | * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
4007 | * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it |
4008 | * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace | |
4009 | * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station. | |
4010 | * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. | |
4011 | * The callback can sleep. | |
4012 | * | |
4013 | * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU | |
4014 | * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station | |
4015 | * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear | |
4016 | * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse | |
4017 | * in @sta_state. | |
f09603a2 JB |
4018 | * The callback can sleep. |
4019 | * | |
8f727ef3 JB |
4020 | * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be |
4021 | * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits | |
4022 | * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected | |
4023 | * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver | |
4024 | * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since | |
4025 | * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly. | |
4026 | * Must be atomic. | |
f815e2b3 JB |
4027 | * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This |
4028 | * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses | |
4029 | * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic. | |
8f727ef3 | 4030 | * |
2b9a7e1b JB |
4031 | * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon |
4032 | * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so | |
4033 | * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of | |
4034 | * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not | |
4035 | * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible. | |
4036 | * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211. | |
4037 | * The callback can sleep. | |
4038 | * | |
75a5f0cc | 4039 | * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), |
fe3fa827 | 4040 | * bursting) for a hardware TX queue. |
6dd1bf31 | 4041 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. |
e1781ed3 | 4042 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 4043 | * |
75a5f0cc | 4044 | * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, |
3b5d665b | 4045 | * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a |
7b08b3b4 | 4046 | * required function. |
e1781ed3 | 4047 | * The callback can sleep. |
3b5d665b AF |
4048 | * |
4049 | * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. | |
ad24b0da | 4050 | * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a |
7b08b3b4 | 4051 | * required function. |
e1781ed3 | 4052 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 4053 | * |
354d381b PT |
4054 | * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the |
4055 | * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between | |
4056 | * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up | |
4057 | * as TSF delay. Is not a required function. | |
4058 | * The callback can sleep. | |
4059 | * | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4060 | * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize |
4061 | * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This | |
4062 | * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of | |
4063 | * TSF synchronization. | |
e1781ed3 | 4064 | * The callback can sleep. |
75a5f0cc | 4065 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
4066 | * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. |
4067 | * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is | |
4068 | * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. | |
6dd1bf31 | 4069 | * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. |
e1781ed3 | 4070 | * The callback can sleep. |
d3c990fb | 4071 | * |
4e8998f0 RD |
4072 | * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information |
4073 | * | |
1f87f7d3 JB |
4074 | * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also |
4075 | * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, | |
4076 | * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. | |
e1781ed3 | 4077 | * The callback can sleep. |
aff89a9b | 4078 | * |
310bc676 LT |
4079 | * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified |
4080 | * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout | |
a4bcaf55 LB |
4081 | * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout |
4082 | * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for | |
4083 | * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep. | |
310bc676 | 4084 | * |
52981cd7 DS |
4085 | * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may |
4086 | * be %NULL. The callback can sleep. | |
71063f0e | 4087 | * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep. |
a80f7c0b JB |
4088 | * |
4089 | * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure | |
39ecc01d JB |
4090 | * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap |
4091 | * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces | |
4092 | * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues. | |
4093 | * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped. | |
77be2c54 | 4094 | * Note that vif can be NULL. |
39ecc01d | 4095 | * The callback can sleep. |
5ce6e438 | 4096 | * |
d00800a2 JB |
4097 | * @flush_sta: Flush or drop all pending frames from the hardware queue(s) for |
4098 | * the given station, as it's about to be removed. | |
4099 | * The callback can sleep. | |
4100 | * | |
5ce6e438 JB |
4101 | * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel |
4102 | * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this | |
4103 | * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate | |
4104 | * completion of the channel switch. | |
4e6cbfd0 | 4105 | * |
79b1c460 BR |
4106 | * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
4107 | * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may | |
4108 | * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL | |
4109 | * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). | |
4110 | * | |
4111 | * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). | |
4976b4eb JB |
4112 | * |
4113 | * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must | |
4114 | * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note | |
4115 | * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw | |
4116 | * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted | |
4117 | * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the | |
4118 | * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call | |
196ac1c1 | 4119 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). |
196ac1c1 JB |
4120 | * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and |
4121 | * must be accepted in this case. | |
4122 | * This callback may sleep. | |
4976b4eb JB |
4123 | * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is |
4124 | * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. | |
38c09159 JL |
4125 | * |
4126 | * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. | |
4127 | * | |
4128 | * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. | |
e8306f98 VN |
4129 | * |
4130 | * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware | |
4131 | * queues before entering power save. | |
bdbfd6b5 SM |
4132 | * |
4133 | * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection | |
4134 | * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. | |
4135 | * The callback can sleep. | |
a8182929 EG |
4136 | * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See |
4137 | * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types. | |
6382246e | 4138 | * The callback must be atomic. |
4049e09a JB |
4139 | * |
4140 | * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given | |
4141 | * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for | |
4142 | * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver | |
4143 | * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD. | |
e227867f | 4144 | * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check |
4049e09a JB |
4145 | * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than |
4146 | * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in | |
4147 | * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the | |
4148 | * more-data bit must always be set. | |
4149 | * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames | |
4150 | * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set. | |
deeaee19 JB |
4151 | * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the |
4152 | * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In | |
4153 | * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | |
4154 | * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll | |
4155 | * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple | |
4156 | * responses for a retried PS-poll frame. | |
4049e09a JB |
4157 | * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be |
4158 | * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send | |
4159 | * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for | |
47086fc5 JB |
4160 | * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the |
4161 | * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP | |
37fbd908 | 4162 | * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function |
e943789e | 4163 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP. |
4049e09a | 4164 | * This callback must be atomic. |
40b96408 JB |
4165 | * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames |
4166 | * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211 | |
4167 | * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames | |
02f2f1a9 | 4168 | * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set |
40b96408 JB |
4169 | * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case |
4170 | * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder | |
4171 | * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag | |
4172 | * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP | |
37fbd908 | 4173 | * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the |
e943789e | 4174 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function. |
40b96408 JB |
4175 | * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the |
4176 | * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set. | |
4177 | * This callback must be atomic. | |
e352114f BG |
4178 | * |
4179 | * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count. | |
6b348f6e JB |
4180 | * Note that the wiphy mutex is not held for this callback since it's |
4181 | * expected to return a static value. | |
e352114f BG |
4182 | * |
4183 | * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats. | |
4184 | * | |
4185 | * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats | |
4186 | * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets. | |
6b348f6e JB |
4187 | * Note that the wiphy mutex is not held for this callback since it's |
4188 | * expected to return a static value. | |
e352114f | 4189 | * |
a1845fc7 JB |
4190 | * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association |
4191 | * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is | |
4192 | * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated | |
4193 | * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any | |
4194 | * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's | |
4195 | * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a | |
4196 | * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the | |
4197 | * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response | |
4198 | * and to be able to synchronize with the GO. | |
94ba9271 IP |
4199 | * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211 |
4200 | * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication | |
4201 | * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO. | |
a1845fc7 JB |
4202 | * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return |
4203 | * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away. | |
15fae341 JB |
4204 | * Additional information is passed in the &struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info |
4205 | * data. If duration there is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the | |
4206 | * driver the duration for which the operation is requested. | |
a1845fc7 | 4207 | * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep. |
15fae341 JB |
4208 | * @mgd_complete_tx: Notify the driver that the response frame for a previously |
4209 | * transmitted frame announced with @mgd_prepare_tx was received, the data | |
4210 | * is filled similarly to @mgd_prepare_tx though the duration is not used. | |
c3645eac | 4211 | * |
ee10f2c7 AN |
4212 | * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending |
4213 | * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's | |
4214 | * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS | |
4215 | * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. | |
4216 | * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS | |
4217 | * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least | |
4218 | * 2 * (DTIM period). | |
4219 | * The callback is optional and can sleep. | |
4220 | * | |
c3645eac | 4221 | * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation. |
dcae9e02 | 4222 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac | 4223 | * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction. |
dcae9e02 | 4224 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
4225 | * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that |
4226 | * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same | |
4227 | * channel context with different settings | |
dcae9e02 | 4228 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
4229 | * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound |
4230 | * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping. | |
dcae9e02 | 4231 | * This callback may sleep. |
c3645eac MK |
4232 | * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being |
4233 | * unbound from vif. | |
dcae9e02 | 4234 | * This callback may sleep. |
1a5f0c13 LC |
4235 | * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to |
4236 | * another, as specified in the list of | |
4237 | * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according | |
4238 | * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode. | |
dcae9e02 | 4239 | * This callback may sleep. |
1a5f0c13 | 4240 | * |
1041638f JB |
4241 | * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the |
4242 | * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel | |
4243 | * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses | |
4244 | * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is | |
4245 | * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being | |
4246 | * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed. | |
4247 | * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface. | |
9214ad7f | 4248 | * |
cf2c92d8 EP |
4249 | * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and |
4250 | * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed. | |
4251 | * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and | |
4252 | * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames). | |
4253 | * This callback may sleep. | |
8f21b0ad | 4254 | * |
a65240c1 JB |
4255 | * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed. |
4256 | * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces. | |
4257 | * This callback is optional; it must not sleep. | |
73da7d5b SW |
4258 | * |
4259 | * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel. | |
4260 | * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this | |
4261 | * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be | |
66e01cf9 | 4262 | * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call |
73da7d5b SW |
4263 | * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get() |
4264 | * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is | |
8552a434 | 4265 | * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been |
73da7d5b | 4266 | * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish(). |
66e01cf9 LC |
4267 | * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called, |
4268 | * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway. | |
6d027bcc LC |
4269 | * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
4270 | * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA | |
9332ef9d | 4271 | * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing |
6d027bcc | 4272 | * the driver to prepare for the channel switch. |
f1d65583 LC |
4273 | * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
4274 | * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the | |
4275 | * driver to go back to a normal configuration. | |
b9cc81d8 | 4276 | * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
5ecd5d82 | 4277 | * when channel switch procedure was aborted, allowing the |
b9cc81d8 | 4278 | * driver to go back to a normal configuration. |
fafd2bce SS |
4279 | * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called |
4280 | * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with | |
4281 | * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count. | |
55fff501 JB |
4282 | * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all |
4283 | * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A | |
4284 | * channel context is bound before this is called. | |
4285 | * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again. | |
cca674d4 AQ |
4286 | * |
4287 | * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the | |
4288 | * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0 | |
4289 | * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide. | |
5b3dc42b FF |
4290 | * |
4291 | * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration | |
4292 | * and hardware limits. | |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
4293 | * |
4294 | * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver | |
4295 | * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations | |
4296 | * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The | |
4297 | * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of | |
4298 | * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation. | |
4299 | * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can | |
4300 | * optionally copy the skb for further re-use. | |
4301 | * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both | |
4302 | * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. | |
8a4d32f3 AN |
4303 | * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or |
4304 | * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets | |
4305 | * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue | |
4306 | * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch | |
4307 | * response template is provided, together with the location of the | |
4308 | * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within | |
4309 | * the function call. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
4310 | * |
4311 | * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue. | |
f59374eb SS |
4312 | * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a |
4313 | * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues | |
4314 | * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action | |
4315 | * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet. | |
708d50ed AB |
4316 | * |
4317 | * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one. | |
4318 | * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster. | |
5953ff6d AB |
4319 | * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf |
4320 | * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters | |
4321 | * are changed with respect to the last NAN config. | |
4322 | * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since | |
4323 | * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the | |
4324 | * changed parameters. | |
167e33f4 AB |
4325 | * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in |
4326 | * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of | |
4327 | * this call. | |
4328 | * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call | |
4329 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with | |
4330 | * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal. | |
9739fe29 SS |
4331 | * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports |
4332 | * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation | |
4333 | * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while | |
4334 | * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU. | |
bc847970 PKC |
4335 | * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
4336 | * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. | |
cee7013b JB |
4337 | * |
4338 | * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep) | |
4339 | * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep) | |
370f51d5 T |
4340 | * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep. |
4341 | * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer. | |
4342 | * This callback may sleep. | |
7fba53eb | 4343 | * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags |
6aea26ce | 4344 | * This callback may sleep. |
1ff4e8f2 FF |
4345 | * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using |
4346 | * 4-address mode | |
70b6ff35 | 4347 | * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. |
80a915ec FF |
4348 | * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed |
4349 | * to use rx decapsulation offload | |
f5a4c24e LB |
4350 | * @add_twt_setup: Update hw with TWT agreement parameters received from the peer. |
4351 | * This callback allows the hw to check if requested parameters | |
4352 | * are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. | |
4353 | * The hw is expected to set agreement result in the req_type field of | |
4354 | * twt structure. | |
4355 | * @twt_teardown_request: Update the hw with TWT teardown request received | |
4356 | * from the peer. | |
a95bfb87 | 4357 | * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for |
237337c2 LB |
4358 | * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit |
4359 | * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. | |
a95bfb87 | 4360 | * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime |
237337c2 LB |
4361 | * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected |
4362 | * radar channel. | |
4363 | * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to | |
a95bfb87 | 4364 | * disable background CAC/radar detection. |
d787a3e3 FF |
4365 | * @net_fill_forward_path: Called from .ndo_fill_forward_path in order to |
4366 | * resolve a path for hardware flow offloading | |
e993af2e MK |
4367 | * @can_activate_links: Checks if a specific active_links bitmap is |
4368 | * supported by the driver. | |
d8787ec6 JB |
4369 | * @change_vif_links: Change the valid links on an interface, note that while |
4370 | * removing the old link information is still valid (link_conf pointer), | |
4371 | * but may immediately disappear after the function returns. The old or | |
4372 | * new links bitmaps may be 0 if going from/to a non-MLO situation. | |
7f884baa | 4373 | * The @old array contains pointers to the old bss_conf structures |
d8787ec6 JB |
4374 | * that were already removed, in case they're needed. |
4375 | * This callback can sleep. | |
cb71f1d1 JB |
4376 | * @change_sta_links: Change the valid links of a station, similar to |
4377 | * @change_vif_links. This callback can sleep. | |
4378 | * Note that a sta can also be inserted or removed with valid links, | |
4379 | * i.e. passed to @sta_add/@sta_state with sta->valid_links not zero. | |
4380 | * In fact, cannot change from having valid_links and not having them. | |
81202305 AS |
4381 | * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. This is |
4382 | * not restored at HW reset by mac80211 so drivers need to take care of | |
4383 | * that. | |
61587f15 FF |
4384 | * @net_setup_tc: Called from .ndo_setup_tc in order to prepare hardware |
4385 | * flow offloading for flows originating from the vif. | |
4386 | * Note that the driver must not assume that the vif driver_data is valid | |
4387 | * at this point, since the callback can be called during netdev teardown. | |
8f500fbc AB |
4388 | * @can_neg_ttlm: for managed interface, requests the driver to determine |
4389 | * if the requested TID-To-Link mapping can be accepted or not. | |
4390 | * If it's not accepted the driver may suggest a preferred mapping and | |
4391 | * modify @ttlm parameter with the suggested TID-to-Link mapping. | |
75a5f0cc | 4392 | */ |
f0706e82 | 4393 | struct ieee80211_ops { |
36323f81 TH |
4394 | void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4395 | struct ieee80211_tx_control *control, | |
4396 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
4150c572 | 4397 | int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4150c572 | 4398 | void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
eecc4800 JB |
4399 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
4400 | int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); | |
4401 | int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6d52563f | 4402 | void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled); |
eecc4800 | 4403 | #endif |
f0706e82 | 4404 | int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
1ed32e4f | 4405 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
34d4bc4d JB |
4406 | int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4407 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
2ca27bcf | 4408 | enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); |
f0706e82 | 4409 | void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
1ed32e4f | 4410 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
e8975581 | 4411 | int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); |
471b3efd JB |
4412 | void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4413 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4414 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, | |
7b7090b4 JB |
4415 | u64 changed); |
4416 | void (*vif_cfg_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4417 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4418 | u64 changed); | |
4419 | void (*link_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4420 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
d8675a63 | 4421 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, |
d8675a63 | 4422 | u64 changed); |
b2abb6e2 | 4423 | |
ae7ba17b | 4424 | int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
b327c84c | 4425 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); |
ae7ba17b | 4426 | void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
b327c84c | 4427 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); |
1041638f | 4428 | |
3ac64bee | 4429 | u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
22bedad3 | 4430 | struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); |
4150c572 JB |
4431 | void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4432 | unsigned int changed_flags, | |
4433 | unsigned int *total_flags, | |
3ac64bee | 4434 | u64 multicast); |
1b09b556 AO |
4435 | void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4436 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4437 | unsigned int filter_flags, | |
4438 | unsigned int changed_flags); | |
17741cdc JB |
4439 | int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
4440 | bool set); | |
ea49c359 | 4441 | int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, |
dc822b5d | 4442 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
11a843b7 | 4443 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); |
9ae4fda3 | 4444 | void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
b3fbdcf4 JB |
4445 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4446 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, | |
4447 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4448 | u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); | |
c68f4b89 JB |
4449 | void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4450 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4451 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); | |
de5fad81 YD |
4452 | void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4453 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx); | |
a060bbfe | 4454 | int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
c56ef672 | 4455 | struct ieee80211_scan_request *req); |
b856439b EP |
4456 | void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4457 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
79f460ca LC |
4458 | int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4459 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4460 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, | |
633e2713 | 4461 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies); |
37e3308c | 4462 | int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
79f460ca | 4463 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
a344d677 JB |
4464 | void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4465 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4466 | const u8 *mac_addr); | |
4467 | void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4468 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
f0706e82 JB |
4469 | int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4470 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); | |
9352c19f JB |
4471 | void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4472 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
4473 | struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
f23a4780 | 4474 | int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
f0706e82 | 4475 | int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
34e89507 JB |
4476 | int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4477 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
4478 | int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4479 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
77d2ece6 | 4480 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
a1f5dcb1 MK |
4481 | void (*vif_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4482 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
170cd6a6 BB |
4483 | void (*link_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4484 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4485 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf, | |
4486 | struct dentry *dir); | |
77d2ece6 SM |
4487 | void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4488 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4489 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4490 | struct dentry *dir); | |
d2caad52 BB |
4491 | void (*link_sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4492 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4493 | struct ieee80211_link_sta *link_sta, | |
4494 | struct dentry *dir); | |
77d2ece6 | 4495 | #endif |
32bfd35d | 4496 | void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
17741cdc | 4497 | enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
ba905bf4 ARN |
4498 | int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4499 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4500 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
f09603a2 JB |
4501 | int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4502 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4503 | enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state, | |
4504 | enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state); | |
6a9d1b91 JB |
4505 | void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4506 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4507 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
8f727ef3 JB |
4508 | void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4509 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4510 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4511 | u32 changed); | |
f815e2b3 JB |
4512 | void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4513 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4514 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
2b9a7e1b JB |
4515 | void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4516 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4517 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4518 | struct station_info *sinfo); | |
8a3a3c85 | 4519 | int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
b3e2130b JB |
4520 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4521 | unsigned int link_id, u16 ac, | |
f0706e82 | 4522 | const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); |
37a41b4a EP |
4523 | u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
4524 | void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4525 | u64 tsf); | |
354d381b PT |
4526 | void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4527 | s64 offset); | |
37a41b4a | 4528 | void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
f0706e82 | 4529 | int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
57eeb208 JB |
4530 | |
4531 | /** | |
4532 | * @ampdu_action: | |
4533 | * Perform a certain A-MPDU action. | |
4534 | * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want | |
4535 | * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through | |
4536 | * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. | |
4537 | * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver | |
4538 | * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size | |
4539 | * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the | |
4540 | * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be | |
4541 | * possible with a buf_size of 8: | |
4542 | * | |
4543 | * - ``TX: 1.....7`` | |
4544 | * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1) | |
4545 | * - ``TX: 8..1...`` | |
4546 | * | |
4547 | * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the | |
4548 | * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: | |
4549 | * | |
4550 | * - ``TX: 1 or`` | |
4551 | * - ``TX: 18 or`` | |
4552 | * - ``TX: 81`` | |
4553 | * | |
4554 | * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. | |
4555 | * | |
2ce113de JB |
4556 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return |
4557 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START | |
4558 | * if the session can start immediately. | |
4559 | * | |
57eeb208 JB |
4560 | * The callback can sleep. |
4561 | */ | |
1b7d03ac | 4562 | int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
c951ad35 | 4563 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
50ea05ef | 4564 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params); |
1289723e HS |
4565 | int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, |
4566 | struct survey_info *survey); | |
1f87f7d3 | 4567 | void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
a4bcaf55 | 4568 | void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class); |
aff89a9b | 4569 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
52981cd7 DS |
4570 | int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4571 | void *data, int len); | |
71063f0e WYG |
4572 | int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, |
4573 | struct netlink_callback *cb, | |
4574 | void *data, int len); | |
aff89a9b | 4575 | #endif |
77be2c54 EG |
4576 | void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4577 | u32 queues, bool drop); | |
d00800a2 JB |
4578 | void (*flush_sta)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4579 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
5ce6e438 | 4580 | void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
0f791eb4 | 4581 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5ce6e438 | 4582 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
15d96753 BR |
4583 | int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
4584 | int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); | |
21f83589 JB |
4585 | |
4586 | int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
49884568 | 4587 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
21f83589 | 4588 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
d339d5ca IP |
4589 | int duration, |
4590 | enum ieee80211_roc_type type); | |
5db4c4b9 EG |
4591 | int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4592 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
38c09159 JL |
4593 | int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); |
4594 | void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4595 | u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); | |
e8306f98 | 4596 | bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
bdbfd6b5 SM |
4597 | int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4598 | const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); | |
a8182929 EG |
4599 | void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4600 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4601 | const struct ieee80211_event *event); | |
4049e09a | 4602 | |
40b96408 JB |
4603 | void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4604 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4605 | u16 tids, int num_frames, | |
4606 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | |
4607 | bool more_data); | |
4049e09a JB |
4608 | void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4609 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4610 | u16 tids, int num_frames, | |
4611 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, | |
4612 | bool more_data); | |
e352114f BG |
4613 | |
4614 | int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4615 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset); | |
4616 | void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4617 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4618 | struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data); | |
4619 | void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4620 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4621 | u32 sset, u8 *data); | |
a1845fc7 JB |
4622 | |
4623 | void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
d4e36e55 | 4624 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
15fae341 JB |
4625 | struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info); |
4626 | void (*mgd_complete_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4627 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4628 | struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info); | |
c3645eac | 4629 | |
ee10f2c7 | 4630 | void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
271d14b3 MK |
4631 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4632 | unsigned int link_id); | |
ee10f2c7 | 4633 | |
c3645eac MK |
4634 | int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4635 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
4636 | void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4637 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
4638 | void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4639 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx, | |
4640 | u32 changed); | |
4641 | int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4642 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
727eff4d | 4643 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf, |
c3645eac MK |
4644 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
4645 | void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4646 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
727eff4d | 4647 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf, |
c3645eac | 4648 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
1a5f0c13 LC |
4649 | int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4650 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs, | |
4651 | int n_vifs, | |
4652 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode); | |
9214ad7f | 4653 | |
cf2c92d8 EP |
4654 | void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4655 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type); | |
a65240c1 JB |
4656 | |
4657 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6) | |
4658 | void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4659 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4660 | struct inet6_dev *idev); | |
4661 | #endif | |
73da7d5b SW |
4662 | void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4663 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4664 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
6d027bcc LC |
4665 | int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4666 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4667 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | |
55fff501 | 4668 | |
f1d65583 | 4669 | int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
a469a593 EG |
4670 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4671 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); | |
b9cc81d8 | 4672 | void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5ecd5d82 JB |
4673 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4674 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); | |
fafd2bce SS |
4675 | void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4676 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4677 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); | |
f1d65583 | 4678 | |
55fff501 JB |
4679 | int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
4680 | void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
2439ca04 MA |
4681 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4682 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
5b3dc42b FF |
4683 | int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4684 | int *dbm); | |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
4685 | |
4686 | int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4687 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4688 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class, | |
4689 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, | |
8a4d32f3 | 4690 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie); |
a7a6bdd0 AN |
4691 | void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4692 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4693 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
8a4d32f3 AN |
4694 | void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4695 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4696 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params); | |
ba8c3d6f | 4697 | |
e7881bd5 JB |
4698 | void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4699 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
f59374eb | 4700 | void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
708d50ed AB |
4701 | |
4702 | int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4703 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4704 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); | |
4705 | int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4706 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5953ff6d AB |
4707 | int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4708 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4709 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes); | |
167e33f4 AB |
4710 | int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4711 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4712 | const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); | |
4713 | void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4714 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4715 | u8 instance_id); | |
9739fe29 SS |
4716 | bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4717 | struct sk_buff *head, | |
4718 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
bc847970 PKC |
4719 | int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4720 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4721 | struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); | |
cee7013b JB |
4722 | int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4723 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); | |
4724 | void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4725 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); | |
370f51d5 T |
4726 | int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4727 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4728 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4729 | struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); | |
4730 | int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4731 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4732 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids); | |
6aea26ce FF |
4733 | void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4734 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
1ff4e8f2 FF |
4735 | void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
4736 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled); | |
c534e093 CH |
4737 | int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4738 | const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); | |
80a915ec FF |
4739 | void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4740 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4741 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled); | |
f5a4c24e LB |
4742 | void (*add_twt_setup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4743 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4744 | struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt); | |
4745 | void (*twt_teardown_request)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4746 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid); | |
a95bfb87 LB |
4747 | int (*set_radar_background)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4748 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); | |
d787a3e3 FF |
4749 | int (*net_fill_forward_path)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4750 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4751 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4752 | struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx, | |
4753 | struct net_device_path *path); | |
e993af2e MK |
4754 | bool (*can_activate_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4755 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4756 | u16 active_links); | |
d8787ec6 JB |
4757 | int (*change_vif_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4758 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4759 | u16 old_links, u16 new_links, | |
4760 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *old[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]); | |
cb71f1d1 JB |
4761 | int (*change_sta_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4762 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4763 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
4764 | u16 old_links, u16 new_links); | |
81202305 AS |
4765 | int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4766 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4767 | struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); | |
61587f15 FF |
4768 | int (*net_setup_tc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
4769 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4770 | struct net_device *dev, | |
4771 | enum tc_setup_type type, | |
4772 | void *type_data); | |
8f500fbc AB |
4773 | enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res |
4774 | (*can_neg_ttlm)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
4775 | struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm *ttlm); | |
f0706e82 JB |
4776 | }; |
4777 | ||
75a5f0cc | 4778 | /** |
ad28757e | 4779 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device |
75a5f0cc JB |
4780 | * |
4781 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | |
4782 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | |
4783 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | |
4784 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | |
4785 | * @priv_data_len. | |
4786 | * | |
4787 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data | |
4788 | * @ops: callbacks for this device | |
ad28757e BG |
4789 | * @requested_name: Requested name for this device. |
4790 | * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d) | |
0ae997dc YB |
4791 | * |
4792 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. | |
f0706e82 | 4793 | */ |
ad28757e BG |
4794 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len, |
4795 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops, | |
4796 | const char *requested_name); | |
4797 | ||
4798 | /** | |
4799 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device | |
4800 | * | |
4801 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer | |
4802 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. | |
4803 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by | |
4804 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as | |
4805 | * @priv_data_len. | |
4806 | * | |
4807 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data | |
4808 | * @ops: callbacks for this device | |
4809 | * | |
4810 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. | |
4811 | */ | |
4812 | static inline | |
f0706e82 | 4813 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, |
ad28757e BG |
4814 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops) |
4815 | { | |
4816 | return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL); | |
4817 | } | |
f0706e82 | 4818 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4819 | /** |
4820 | * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device | |
4821 | * | |
dbbea671 JB |
4822 | * You must call this function before any other functions in |
4823 | * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you | |
4824 | * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
4825 | * |
4826 | * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
0ae997dc YB |
4827 | * |
4828 | * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise. | |
75a5f0cc | 4829 | */ |
f0706e82 JB |
4830 | int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4831 | ||
e1e54068 JB |
4832 | /** |
4833 | * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description | |
4834 | * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec | |
4835 | * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds | |
4836 | * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) | |
4837 | */ | |
4838 | struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { | |
4839 | int throughput; | |
4840 | int blink_time; | |
4841 | }; | |
4842 | ||
67408c8c JB |
4843 | /** |
4844 | * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags | |
4845 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio | |
4846 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working | |
4847 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one | |
4848 | * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP | |
4849 | */ | |
4850 | enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { | |
4851 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), | |
4852 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), | |
4853 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), | |
4854 | }; | |
4855 | ||
f0706e82 | 4856 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
f5c4ae07 JB |
4857 | const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4858 | const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4859 | const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4860 | const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
4861 | const char * | |
4862 | __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
4863 | unsigned int flags, | |
4864 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, | |
4865 | unsigned int blink_table_len); | |
f0706e82 | 4866 | #endif |
75a5f0cc JB |
4867 | /** |
4868 | * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED | |
4869 | * | |
4870 | * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4871 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4872 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4873 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4874 | * | |
4875 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4876 | * |
4877 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
75a5f0cc | 4878 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4879 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
f0706e82 JB |
4880 | { |
4881 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4882 | return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); | |
4883 | #else | |
4884 | return NULL; | |
4885 | #endif | |
4886 | } | |
4887 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4888 | /** |
4889 | * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED | |
4890 | * | |
4891 | * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4892 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4893 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4894 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4895 | * | |
4896 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4897 | * |
4898 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
75a5f0cc | 4899 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4900 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
f0706e82 JB |
4901 | { |
4902 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4903 | return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); | |
4904 | #else | |
4905 | return NULL; | |
4906 | #endif | |
4907 | } | |
4908 | ||
cdcb006f ID |
4909 | /** |
4910 | * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED | |
4911 | * | |
4912 | * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4913 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4914 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4915 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4916 | * | |
4917 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4918 | * |
4919 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
cdcb006f | 4920 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4921 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
47f0c502 MB |
4922 | { |
4923 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4924 | return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); | |
4925 | #else | |
4926 | return NULL; | |
4927 | #endif | |
4928 | } | |
4929 | ||
cdcb006f ID |
4930 | /** |
4931 | * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED | |
4932 | * | |
4933 | * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware | |
4934 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. | |
4935 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) | |
4936 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. | |
4937 | * | |
4938 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for | |
0ae997dc YB |
4939 | * |
4940 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. | |
cdcb006f | 4941 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4942 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
cdcb006f ID |
4943 | { |
4944 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
4945 | return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); | |
4946 | #else | |
4947 | return NULL; | |
4948 | #endif | |
4949 | } | |
47f0c502 | 4950 | |
e1e54068 JB |
4951 | /** |
4952 | * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger | |
4953 | * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for | |
67408c8c | 4954 | * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags |
e1e54068 JB |
4955 | * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput |
4956 | * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table | |
4957 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
4958 | * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are |
4959 | * configured) or the name of the new trigger. | |
4960 | * | |
4961 | * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). | |
e1e54068 | 4962 | */ |
f5c4ae07 | 4963 | static inline const char * |
67408c8c | 4964 | ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, |
e1e54068 JB |
4965 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
4966 | unsigned int blink_table_len) | |
4967 | { | |
4968 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS | |
67408c8c | 4969 | return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, |
e1e54068 JB |
4970 | blink_table_len); |
4971 | #else | |
4972 | return NULL; | |
4973 | #endif | |
4974 | } | |
4975 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4976 | /** |
4977 | * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device | |
4978 | * | |
4979 | * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources | |
4980 | * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. | |
4981 | * | |
4982 | * @hw: the hardware to unregister | |
4983 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
4984 | void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4985 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
4986 | /** |
4987 | * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor | |
4988 | * | |
4989 | * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the | |
4990 | * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() | |
6ef307bc | 4991 | * before calling this function. |
75a5f0cc JB |
4992 | * |
4993 | * @hw: the hardware to free | |
4994 | */ | |
f0706e82 JB |
4995 | void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
4996 | ||
f2753ddb JB |
4997 | /** |
4998 | * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely | |
4999 | * | |
5000 | * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason | |
5001 | * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state | |
5002 | * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware | |
5003 | * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by | |
5004 | * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all | |
5005 | * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. | |
5006 | * | |
5007 | * @hw: the hardware to restart | |
5008 | */ | |
5009 | void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
5010 | ||
c5d1686b FF |
5011 | /** |
5012 | * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list | |
5013 | * | |
5014 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive | |
5015 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a | |
5016 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | |
5017 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | |
5018 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | |
5019 | * | |
5020 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | |
5021 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to | |
5022 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | |
5023 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with | |
2703bc85 | 5024 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
c5d1686b FF |
5025 | * |
5026 | * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock | |
5027 | * | |
5028 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
5029 | * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL | |
5030 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
5031 | * @list: the destination list | |
5032 | */ | |
5033 | void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5034 | struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list); | |
5035 | ||
06d181a8 | 5036 | /** |
af9f9b22 | 5037 | * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context |
4e6cbfd0 | 5038 | * |
af9f9b22 JB |
5039 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
5040 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a | |
5041 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | |
5042 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | |
5043 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | |
5044 | * | |
5045 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function | |
5046 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to | |
5047 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | |
5048 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with | |
2703bc85 | 5049 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
af9f9b22 JB |
5050 | * |
5051 | * This function must be called with BHs disabled. | |
5052 | * | |
5053 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
d63b548f | 5054 | * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL |
af9f9b22 JB |
5055 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
5056 | * @napi: the NAPI context | |
4e6cbfd0 | 5057 | */ |
d63b548f JB |
5058 | void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
5059 | struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi); | |
4e6cbfd0 | 5060 | |
75a5f0cc JB |
5061 | /** |
5062 | * ieee80211_rx - receive frame | |
5063 | * | |
5064 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive | |
e3cf8b3f ZY |
5065 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
5066 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 | |
5067 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory | |
5068 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. | |
75a5f0cc | 5069 | * |
2485f710 | 5070 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
e36e49f7 KV |
5071 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
5072 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be | |
f6b3d85f | 5073 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
2703bc85 | 5074 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
75a5f0cc | 5075 | * |
e36e49f7 | 5076 | * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
d20ef63d | 5077 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
5078 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
5079 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 5080 | */ |
af9f9b22 JB |
5081 | static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb) |
5082 | { | |
d63b548f | 5083 | ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL); |
af9f9b22 | 5084 | } |
75a5f0cc JB |
5085 | |
5086 | /** | |
5087 | * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame | |
5088 | * | |
5089 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context | |
2485f710 JB |
5090 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
5091 | * | |
e36e49f7 | 5092 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not |
f6b3d85f | 5093 | * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with |
2703bc85 | 5094 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
75a5f0cc JB |
5095 | * |
5096 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
5097 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 5098 | */ |
f1d58c25 | 5099 | void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
f0706e82 | 5100 | |
e36e49f7 KV |
5101 | /** |
5102 | * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) | |
5103 | * | |
5104 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context | |
5105 | * (internally disables bottom halves). | |
5106 | * | |
5107 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may | |
f6b3d85f | 5108 | * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
2703bc85 | 5109 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
e36e49f7 KV |
5110 | * |
5111 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on | |
5112 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
5113 | */ | |
5114 | static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5115 | struct sk_buff *skb) | |
5116 | { | |
5117 | local_bh_disable(); | |
5118 | ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); | |
5119 | local_bh_enable(); | |
5120 | } | |
5121 | ||
d057e5a3 AN |
5122 | /** |
5123 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta | |
5124 | * | |
5125 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS | |
5126 | * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station | |
5127 | * entering/leaving PS mode. | |
5128 | * | |
5129 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. | |
5130 | * | |
5131 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against | |
5132 | * each other. | |
5133 | * | |
d057e5a3 AN |
5134 | * @sta: currently connected sta |
5135 | * @start: start or stop PS | |
0ae997dc YB |
5136 | * |
5137 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. | |
d057e5a3 AN |
5138 | */ |
5139 | int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); | |
5140 | ||
5141 | /** | |
5142 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta | |
5143 | * (in process context) | |
5144 | * | |
5145 | * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context | |
5146 | * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still | |
5147 | * applies. | |
5148 | * | |
5149 | * @sta: currently connected sta | |
5150 | * @start: start or stop PS | |
0ae997dc YB |
5151 | * |
5152 | * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(). | |
d057e5a3 AN |
5153 | */ |
5154 | static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5155 | bool start) | |
5156 | { | |
5157 | int ret; | |
5158 | ||
5159 | local_bh_disable(); | |
5160 | ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); | |
5161 | local_bh_enable(); | |
5162 | ||
5163 | return ret; | |
5164 | } | |
5165 | ||
46fa38e8 JB |
5166 | /** |
5167 | * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received | |
5168 | * @sta: currently connected station | |
5169 | * | |
5170 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, | |
5171 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a | |
5172 | * connected station was received. | |
5173 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() | |
5174 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must | |
5175 | * be serialized. | |
5176 | */ | |
5177 | void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta); | |
5178 | ||
5179 | /** | |
5180 | * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received | |
5181 | * @sta: currently connected station | |
5182 | * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame | |
5183 | * | |
5184 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, | |
5185 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame | |
5186 | * from a connected station was received. | |
5187 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() | |
5188 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be | |
5189 | * serialized. | |
0aa419ec EG |
5190 | * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown. |
5191 | * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC | |
5192 | * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper | |
5193 | * checks. | |
46fa38e8 JB |
5194 | */ |
5195 | void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
5196 | ||
d24deb25 GW |
5197 | /* |
5198 | * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. | |
5199 | * This is enough for the radiotap header. | |
5200 | */ | |
651b9920 | 5201 | #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4) |
d24deb25 | 5202 | |
dcf55fb5 | 5203 | /** |
042ec453 | 5204 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames |
bdfbe804 | 5205 | * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station |
042ec453 JB |
5206 | * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames |
5207 | * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID | |
dcf55fb5 FF |
5208 | * |
5209 | * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing | |
042ec453 JB |
5210 | * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need |
5211 | * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit. | |
5212 | * | |
5213 | * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are | |
5214 | * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data | |
5215 | * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim | |
5216 | * call! Beware of the locking!) | |
5217 | * | |
5218 | * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD) | |
5219 | * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are | |
5220 | * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes | |
5221 | * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data, | |
5222 | * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered | |
5223 | * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP). | |
5224 | * | |
5225 | * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per | |
5226 | * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since | |
5227 | * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the | |
5228 | * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that | |
5229 | * use this API. | |
5230 | */ | |
5231 | void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5232 | u8 tid, bool buffered); | |
dcf55fb5 | 5233 | |
0d528d85 FF |
5234 | /** |
5235 | * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet | |
5236 | * | |
5237 | * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support | |
5238 | * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent | |
5239 | * rate selection table for the station entry. | |
5240 | * | |
5241 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5242 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent. | |
5243 | * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. | |
5244 | * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information | |
5245 | * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch | |
5246 | */ | |
5247 | void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5248 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5249 | struct sk_buff *skb, | |
5250 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest, | |
5251 | int max_rates); | |
5252 | ||
484a54c2 THJ |
5253 | /** |
5254 | * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station | |
5255 | * | |
5256 | * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput | |
5257 | * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can | |
5258 | * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station | |
5259 | * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic | |
5260 | * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause | |
5261 | * slow stations to starve). | |
5262 | * | |
5263 | * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for. | |
5264 | * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps. | |
5265 | */ | |
5266 | void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
5267 | u32 thr); | |
5268 | ||
f8252e7b AK |
5269 | /** |
5270 | * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback | |
5271 | * | |
5272 | * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta | |
5273 | * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision | |
5274 | * in updating the tx rate in data path. | |
5275 | * | |
5276 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
5277 | * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for. | |
5278 | * @info: tx status information | |
5279 | */ | |
5280 | void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5281 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
5282 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info); | |
5283 | ||
75a5f0cc | 5284 | /** |
2703bc85 | 5285 | * ieee80211_tx_status_skb - transmit status callback |
75a5f0cc JB |
5286 | * |
5287 | * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been | |
5288 | * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for | |
5289 | * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. | |
5290 | * | |
2485f710 JB |
5291 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
5292 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls | |
20ed3166 | 5293 | * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() |
f6b3d85f FF |
5294 | * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
5295 | * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni(). | |
2485f710 | 5296 | * |
75a5f0cc JB |
5297 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
5298 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
75a5f0cc | 5299 | */ |
2703bc85 KV |
5300 | void ieee80211_tx_status_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5301 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
2485f710 | 5302 | |
5fe49a9d FF |
5303 | /** |
5304 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback | |
5305 | * | |
2703bc85 | 5306 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status_skb() |
5fe49a9d FF |
5307 | * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not |
5308 | * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info. | |
5309 | * | |
5310 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized | |
5311 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() | |
5312 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | |
5313 | * | |
5314 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
5315 | * @status: tx status information | |
5316 | */ | |
5317 | void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5318 | struct ieee80211_tx_status *status); | |
5319 | ||
f027c2ac FF |
5320 | /** |
5321 | * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb | |
5322 | * | |
2703bc85 | 5323 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status_skb() |
f027c2ac FF |
5324 | * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to |
5325 | * specific skbs. | |
5326 | * | |
5327 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized | |
5328 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() | |
5329 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. | |
5330 | * | |
5331 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
5332 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent | |
5333 | * (NULL for multicast packets) | |
5334 | * @info: tx status information | |
5335 | */ | |
5fe49a9d FF |
5336 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5337 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
5338 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) | |
5339 | { | |
5340 | struct ieee80211_tx_status status = { | |
5341 | .sta = sta, | |
5342 | .info = info, | |
5343 | }; | |
5344 | ||
5345 | ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status); | |
5346 | } | |
f027c2ac | 5347 | |
20ed3166 JS |
5348 | /** |
5349 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) | |
5350 | * | |
2703bc85 | 5351 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status_skb() but can be called in process context. |
20ed3166 | 5352 | * |
2703bc85 | 5353 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_skb() and |
20ed3166 JS |
5354 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed |
5355 | * for a single hardware. | |
5356 | * | |
5357 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
5358 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
5359 | */ | |
5360 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5361 | struct sk_buff *skb) | |
5362 | { | |
5363 | local_bh_disable(); | |
2703bc85 | 5364 | ieee80211_tx_status_skb(hw, skb); |
20ed3166 JS |
5365 | local_bh_enable(); |
5366 | } | |
5367 | ||
2485f710 | 5368 | /** |
6ef307bc | 5369 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback |
2485f710 | 5370 | * |
2703bc85 | 5371 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status_skb() but can be called in IRQ context |
2485f710 JB |
5372 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
5373 | * | |
2703bc85 | 5374 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_skb() and |
20ed3166 | 5375 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
2485f710 JB |
5376 | * |
5377 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by | |
5378 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call | |
2485f710 | 5379 | */ |
f0706e82 | 5380 | void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
e039fa4a | 5381 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
f0706e82 | 5382 | |
8178d38b AN |
5383 | /** |
5384 | * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station | |
5385 | * | |
5386 | * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding | |
5387 | * connected STA. | |
5388 | * | |
5389 | * @sta: the non-responding connected sta | |
5390 | * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response | |
5391 | */ | |
5392 | void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); | |
5393 | ||
8552a434 | 5394 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2 |
1af586c9 | 5395 | |
6ec8c332 AO |
5396 | /** |
5397 | * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets | |
5398 | * @tim_offset: position of TIM element | |
5399 | * @tim_length: size of TIM element | |
8552a434 JC |
5400 | * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets |
5401 | * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which | |
8d77ec85 | 5402 | * should be ignored. |
2b3171c6 | 5403 | * @mbssid_off: position of the multiple bssid element |
6ec8c332 AO |
5404 | */ |
5405 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets { | |
5406 | u16 tim_offset; | |
5407 | u16 tim_length; | |
1af586c9 | 5408 | |
8552a434 | 5409 | u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM]; |
2b3171c6 | 5410 | u16 mbssid_off; |
6ec8c332 AO |
5411 | }; |
5412 | ||
5413 | /** | |
5414 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function | |
5415 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5416 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5417 | * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will | |
5418 | * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. | |
43ea0928 IP |
5419 | * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA |
5420 | * that is not associated with AP MLD). | |
6ec8c332 AO |
5421 | * |
5422 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | |
5423 | * obtain the beacon template. | |
5424 | * | |
5425 | * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the | |
5426 | * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template | |
1af586c9 AO |
5427 | * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when |
5428 | * applicable, the CSA count. | |
6ec8c332 AO |
5429 | * |
5430 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
5431 | * | |
5432 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. | |
5433 | */ | |
5434 | struct sk_buff * | |
5435 | ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5436 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6e8912a5 ST |
5437 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs, |
5438 | unsigned int link_id); | |
6ec8c332 | 5439 | |
bd54f3c2 AD |
5440 | /** |
5441 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index - EMA beacon template generation | |
5442 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5443 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5444 | * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will | |
5445 | * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. | |
5446 | * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP). | |
5447 | * @ema_index: index of the beacon in the EMA set. | |
5448 | * | |
5449 | * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template() | |
5450 | * but returns a beacon template which includes multiple BSSID element at the | |
5451 | * requested index. | |
5452 | * | |
5453 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL indicates the end of EMA templates. | |
5454 | */ | |
5455 | struct sk_buff * | |
5456 | ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_index(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5457 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5458 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs, | |
5459 | unsigned int link_id, u8 ema_index); | |
5460 | ||
5461 | /** | |
5462 | * struct ieee80211_ema_beacons - List of EMA beacons | |
5463 | * @cnt: count of EMA beacons. | |
5464 | * | |
5465 | * @bcn: array of EMA beacons. | |
5466 | * @bcn.skb: the skb containing this specific beacon | |
5467 | * @bcn.offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will | |
5468 | * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. | |
5469 | */ | |
5470 | struct ieee80211_ema_beacons { | |
5471 | u8 cnt; | |
5472 | struct { | |
5473 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
5474 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets offs; | |
5475 | } bcn[]; | |
5476 | }; | |
5477 | ||
5478 | /** | |
5479 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list - EMA beacon template generation | |
5480 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5481 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5482 | * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP) | |
5483 | * | |
5484 | * This function follows the same rules as ieee80211_beacon_get_template() | |
5485 | * but allocates and returns a pointer to list of all beacon templates required | |
5486 | * to cover all profiles in the multiple BSSID set. Each template includes only | |
5487 | * one multiple BSSID element. | |
5488 | * | |
5489 | * Driver must call ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list() to free the memory. | |
5490 | * | |
5491 | * Return: EMA beacon templates of type struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *. | |
5492 | * %NULL on error. | |
5493 | */ | |
5494 | struct ieee80211_ema_beacons * | |
5495 | ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5496 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
5497 | unsigned int link_id); | |
5498 | ||
5499 | /** | |
5500 | * ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list - free an EMA beacon template list | |
5501 | * @ema_beacons: list of EMA beacons of type &struct ieee80211_ema_beacons pointers. | |
5502 | * | |
5503 | * This function will free a list previously acquired by calling | |
5504 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template_ema_list() | |
5505 | */ | |
5506 | void ieee80211_beacon_free_ema_list(struct ieee80211_ema_beacons *ema_beacons); | |
5507 | ||
f0706e82 | 5508 | /** |
eddcbb94 | 5509 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function |
f0706e82 | 5510 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
1ed32e4f | 5511 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
eddcbb94 JB |
5512 | * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. |
5513 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | |
5514 | * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, | |
5515 | * (including the ID and length bytes!). | |
5516 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). | |
43ea0928 IP |
5517 | * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA |
5518 | * that is not associated with AP MLD). | |
eddcbb94 JB |
5519 | * |
5520 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to | |
6ec8c332 | 5521 | * obtain the beacon frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
5522 | * |
5523 | * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
eddcbb94 | 5524 | * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon |
6ec8c332 AO |
5525 | * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly |
5526 | * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). | |
eddcbb94 JB |
5527 | * |
5528 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5529 | * |
5530 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. | |
eddcbb94 JB |
5531 | */ |
5532 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5533 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6e8912a5 ST |
5534 | u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length, |
5535 | unsigned int link_id); | |
eddcbb94 JB |
5536 | |
5537 | /** | |
5538 | * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function | |
5539 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5540 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
43ea0928 IP |
5541 | * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for an AP STA |
5542 | * that is not associated with AP MLD). | |
eddcbb94 JB |
5543 | * |
5544 | * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | |
0ae997dc YB |
5545 | * |
5546 | * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). | |
f0706e82 | 5547 | */ |
eddcbb94 | 5548 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
6e8912a5 ST |
5549 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5550 | unsigned int link_id) | |
eddcbb94 | 5551 | { |
6e8912a5 | 5552 | return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL, link_id); |
eddcbb94 | 5553 | } |
f0706e82 | 5554 | |
1af586c9 | 5555 | /** |
8552a434 | 5556 | * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown |
1af586c9 | 5557 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
480e7048 | 5558 | * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO |
1af586c9 | 5559 | * |
8552a434 | 5560 | * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission. |
1af586c9 AO |
5561 | * This function is called implicitly when |
5562 | * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the | |
5563 | * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this | |
8552a434 | 5564 | * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown. |
1af586c9 | 5565 | * |
8552a434 | 5566 | * Return: new countdown value |
1af586c9 | 5567 | */ |
480e7048 AKS |
5568 | u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5569 | unsigned int link_id); | |
1af586c9 | 5570 | |
03737001 | 5571 | /** |
8552a434 | 5572 | * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown |
03737001 GG |
5573 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
5574 | * @counter: the new value for the counter | |
5575 | * | |
8552a434 | 5576 | * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be |
03737001 GG |
5577 | * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211. |
5578 | * | |
8552a434 | 5579 | * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(), |
03737001 GG |
5580 | * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value. |
5581 | */ | |
8552a434 | 5582 | void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter); |
03737001 | 5583 | |
73da7d5b SW |
5584 | /** |
5585 | * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch | |
5586 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
04ada859 | 5587 | * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO |
73da7d5b SW |
5588 | * |
5589 | * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this | |
66e01cf9 | 5590 | * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to |
73da7d5b SW |
5591 | * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed. |
5592 | */ | |
04ada859 | 5593 | void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id); |
73da7d5b SW |
5594 | |
5595 | /** | |
8552a434 | 5596 | * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1 |
73da7d5b | 5597 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
6030b3a4 | 5598 | * @link_id: valid link_id during MLO or 0 for non-MLO |
73da7d5b | 5599 | * |
8552a434 | 5600 | * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero. |
73da7d5b | 5601 | */ |
6030b3a4 AKS |
5602 | bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
5603 | unsigned int link_id); | |
73da7d5b | 5604 | |
5f9404ab JC |
5605 | /** |
5606 | * ieee80211_color_change_finish - notify mac80211 about color change | |
5607 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5608 | * | |
5609 | * After a color change announcement was scheduled and the counter in this | |
5610 | * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to | |
5611 | * notify mac80211 that the color can be changed | |
5612 | */ | |
5613 | void ieee80211_color_change_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5614 | ||
02945821 AN |
5615 | /** |
5616 | * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template | |
5617 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5618 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5619 | * | |
5620 | * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
5621 | * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller. | |
5622 | * | |
5623 | * Can only be called in AP mode. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5624 | * |
5625 | * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error. | |
02945821 AN |
5626 | */ |
5627 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5628 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5629 | ||
7044cc56 KV |
5630 | /** |
5631 | * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template | |
5632 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5633 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
5634 | * | |
5635 | * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to | |
5636 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | |
5637 | * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. | |
5638 | * | |
5639 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the | |
5640 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5641 | * |
5642 | * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error. | |
7044cc56 KV |
5643 | */ |
5644 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
5645 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
5646 | ||
5647 | /** | |
5648 | * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template | |
5649 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
5650 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
0ab26380 JB |
5651 | * @link_id: If the vif is an MLD, get a frame with the link addresses |
5652 | * for the given link ID. For a link_id < 0 you get a frame with | |
5653 | * MLD addresses, however useful that might be. | |
7b6ddeaf JB |
5654 | * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set |
5655 | * if at all possible | |
7044cc56 KV |
5656 | * |
5657 | * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to | |
5658 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct | |
5659 | * BSSID and address is used. | |
5660 | * | |
7b6ddeaf JB |
5661 | * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the |
5662 | * returned packet will be QoS NDP. | |
5663 | * | |
7044cc56 KV |
5664 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
5665 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5666 | * |
5667 | * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error. | |
7044cc56 KV |
5668 | */ |
5669 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7b6ddeaf | 5670 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
0ab26380 | 5671 | int link_id, bool qos_ok); |
7044cc56 | 5672 | |
05e54ea6 KV |
5673 | /** |
5674 | * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | |
5675 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
a344d677 | 5676 | * @src_addr: source MAC address |
05e54ea6 KV |
5677 | * @ssid: SSID buffer |
5678 | * @ssid_len: length of SSID | |
b9a9ada1 | 5679 | * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs |
05e54ea6 KV |
5680 | * |
5681 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
5682 | * hardware. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5683 | * |
5684 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. | |
05e54ea6 KV |
5685 | */ |
5686 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
a344d677 | 5687 | const u8 *src_addr, |
05e54ea6 | 5688 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
b9a9ada1 | 5689 | size_t tailroom); |
05e54ea6 | 5690 | |
f0706e82 JB |
5691 | /** |
5692 | * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function | |
5693 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5694 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
5695 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
5696 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | |
e039fa4a | 5697 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
5698 | * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. |
5699 | * | |
5700 | * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
5701 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
5702 | * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | |
5703 | * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. | |
5704 | */ | |
32bfd35d | 5705 | void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
f0706e82 | 5706 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 5707 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
f0706e82 JB |
5708 | struct ieee80211_rts *rts); |
5709 | ||
5710 | /** | |
5711 | * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame | |
5712 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5713 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 | 5714 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
e039fa4a | 5715 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
5716 | * |
5717 | * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | |
5718 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
5719 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5720 | * |
5721 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 5722 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
5723 | __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5724 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, | |
e039fa4a | 5725 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
f0706e82 JB |
5726 | |
5727 | /** | |
5728 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function | |
5729 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5730 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
5731 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
5732 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). | |
e039fa4a | 5733 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
5734 | * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. |
5735 | * | |
5736 | * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in | |
5737 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
5738 | * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible | |
5739 | * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. | |
5740 | */ | |
32bfd35d JB |
5741 | void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5742 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
f0706e82 | 5743 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 5744 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
f0706e82 JB |
5745 | struct ieee80211_cts *cts); |
5746 | ||
5747 | /** | |
5748 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame | |
5749 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5750 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 | 5751 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
e039fa4a | 5752 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
f0706e82 JB |
5753 | * |
5754 | * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide | |
5755 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive | |
5756 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. | |
0ae997dc YB |
5757 | * |
5758 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 5759 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
5760 | __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5761 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
f0706e82 | 5762 | size_t frame_len, |
e039fa4a | 5763 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
f0706e82 JB |
5764 | |
5765 | /** | |
5766 | * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame | |
5767 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5768 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
d13e1414 | 5769 | * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on |
f0706e82 | 5770 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame. |
8318d78a | 5771 | * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. |
f0706e82 JB |
5772 | * |
5773 | * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its | |
5774 | * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). | |
0ae997dc YB |
5775 | * |
5776 | * Return: The duration. | |
f0706e82 | 5777 | */ |
32bfd35d JB |
5778 | __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
5779 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
57fbcce3 | 5780 | enum nl80211_band band, |
f0706e82 | 5781 | size_t frame_len, |
8318d78a | 5782 | struct ieee80211_rate *rate); |
f0706e82 JB |
5783 | |
5784 | /** | |
5785 | * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames | |
5786 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
1ed32e4f | 5787 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
f0706e82 JB |
5788 | * |
5789 | * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If | |
5790 | * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast | |
5791 | * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host | |
5792 | * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered | |
0ae997dc YB |
5793 | * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. |
5794 | * | |
5795 | * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered | |
5796 | * frames are available. | |
f0706e82 JB |
5797 | * |
5798 | * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was | |
5799 | * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus | |
5800 | * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns | |
5801 | * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver | |
5802 | * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to | |
5803 | * use common code for all beacons. | |
5804 | */ | |
5805 | struct sk_buff * | |
e039fa4a | 5806 | ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
f0706e82 | 5807 | |
42d98795 JB |
5808 | /** |
5809 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32 | |
5810 | * | |
5811 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32. | |
5812 | * | |
5813 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5814 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | |
5815 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
5816 | */ | |
5817 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5818 | u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | |
5819 | ||
5d2cdcd4 | 5820 | /** |
523b02ea JB |
5821 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key |
5822 | * | |
5823 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken | |
5824 | * from the given packet. | |
5825 | * | |
5826 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5827 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted | |
5828 | * with this P1K | |
5829 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
5830 | */ | |
42d98795 JB |
5831 | static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
5832 | struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k) | |
5833 | { | |
5834 | struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data; | |
5835 | const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control); | |
5836 | u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]); | |
5837 | ||
5838 | ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k); | |
5839 | } | |
523b02ea | 5840 | |
8bca5d81 JB |
5841 | /** |
5842 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX | |
5843 | * | |
5844 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32 | |
5845 | * and transmitter address. | |
5846 | * | |
5847 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5848 | * @ta: TA that will be used with the key | |
5849 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for | |
5850 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values | |
5851 | */ | |
5852 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5853 | const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); | |
5854 | ||
523b02ea JB |
5855 | /** |
5856 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key | |
5d2cdcd4 | 5857 | * |
523b02ea JB |
5858 | * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values |
5859 | * in the packet. | |
5d2cdcd4 EG |
5860 | * |
5861 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
523b02ea JB |
5862 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be |
5863 | * encrypted with this key | |
5864 | * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes | |
5d2cdcd4 | 5865 | */ |
523b02ea JB |
5866 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
5867 | struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k); | |
c68f4b89 | 5868 | |
f8079d43 EP |
5869 | /** |
5870 | * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos | |
5871 | * | |
5872 | * @pos: start of crypto header | |
5873 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5874 | * @pn: PN to add | |
5875 | * | |
5876 | * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of | |
5877 | * the packet payload) | |
5878 | * | |
5879 | * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should | |
5880 | * point to the crypto header) | |
5881 | */ | |
5882 | u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn); | |
5883 | ||
3ea542d3 JB |
5884 | /** |
5885 | * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter | |
5886 | * | |
5887 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
00b9cfa3 | 5888 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
3ea542d3 JB |
5889 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
5890 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. | |
5891 | * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data | |
5892 | * | |
5893 | * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs | |
5894 | * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done | |
5895 | * by the device and not by mac80211. | |
5896 | * | |
5897 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing | |
5898 | * can be done concurrently. | |
5899 | */ | |
5900 | void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5901 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
5902 | ||
27b3eb9c JB |
5903 | /** |
5904 | * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter | |
5905 | * | |
5906 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
00b9cfa3 | 5907 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
27b3eb9c JB |
5908 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
5909 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. | |
5910 | * @seq: new sequence data | |
5911 | * | |
5912 | * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the | |
5913 | * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK | |
5914 | * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called | |
5915 | * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211. | |
5916 | * | |
5917 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing | |
5918 | * can be done concurrently. | |
5919 | */ | |
5920 | void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, | |
5921 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); | |
5922 | ||
5923 | /** | |
5924 | * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key | |
5925 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key | |
5926 | * | |
9adc8b65 JB |
5927 | * Context: Must be called with the wiphy mutex held. |
5928 | * | |
27b3eb9c JB |
5929 | * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the |
5930 | * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but | |
5931 | * instead assumed to have been removed already. | |
27b3eb9c JB |
5932 | */ |
5933 | void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); | |
5934 | ||
5935 | /** | |
5936 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN | |
5937 | * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on | |
5938 | * @keyconf: new key data | |
04577bfa | 5939 | * @link_id: the link id of the key or -1 for non-MLO |
27b3eb9c JB |
5940 | * |
5941 | * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new | |
5942 | * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper | |
5943 | * RX processing, so this function allows setting them. | |
5944 | * | |
5945 | * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will | |
5946 | * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to | |
5947 | * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an | |
5948 | * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc. | |
5949 | * | |
5950 | * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware | |
5951 | * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK | |
5952 | * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver | |
5953 | * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses | |
5954 | * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part | |
5955 | * of the reconfiguration. | |
5956 | * | |
5957 | * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() | |
5958 | * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly. | |
5959 | * | |
5960 | * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware, | |
5961 | * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases | |
5962 | * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for | |
5963 | * the key that's being replaced. | |
5964 | */ | |
5965 | struct ieee80211_key_conf * | |
5966 | ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
04577bfa ST |
5967 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
5968 | int link_id); | |
27b3eb9c | 5969 | |
c68f4b89 JB |
5970 | /** |
5971 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying | |
5972 | * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on | |
5973 | * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association | |
5974 | * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying | |
5975 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
5976 | */ | |
5977 | void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid, | |
5978 | const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); | |
5979 | ||
4271d4bd JB |
5980 | /** |
5981 | * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key | |
5982 | * | |
5983 | * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called | |
5984 | * at the same time. | |
5985 | * | |
5986 | * @keyconf: the key in question | |
5987 | */ | |
5988 | void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); | |
5989 | ||
5990 | /** | |
5991 | * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key | |
5992 | * | |
5993 | * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called | |
5994 | * at the same time. | |
5995 | * | |
5996 | * @keyconf: the key in question | |
5997 | */ | |
5998 | void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); | |
5999 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
6000 | /** |
6001 | * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue | |
6002 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6003 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
6004 | * | |
c850e31f | 6005 | * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. |
f0706e82 JB |
6006 | */ |
6007 | void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
6008 | ||
6009 | /** | |
6010 | * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue | |
6011 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6012 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
6013 | * | |
c850e31f | 6014 | * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. |
f0706e82 JB |
6015 | */ |
6016 | void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
6017 | ||
92ab8535 TW |
6018 | /** |
6019 | * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue | |
6020 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6021 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). | |
6022 | * | |
c850e31f | 6023 | * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_queue_stopped. |
0ae997dc YB |
6024 | * |
6025 | * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise. | |
92ab8535 TW |
6026 | */ |
6027 | ||
6028 | int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); | |
6029 | ||
f0706e82 JB |
6030 | /** |
6031 | * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues | |
6032 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6033 | * | |
c850e31f | 6034 | * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_stop_all_queues. |
f0706e82 JB |
6035 | */ |
6036 | void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6037 | ||
6038 | /** | |
6039 | * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues | |
6040 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6041 | * | |
c850e31f | 6042 | * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_wake_all_queues. |
f0706e82 JB |
6043 | */ |
6044 | void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6045 | ||
75a5f0cc JB |
6046 | /** |
6047 | * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan | |
6048 | * | |
6049 | * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is | |
6050 | * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify | |
8789d459 JB |
6051 | * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from |
6052 | * any context, including hardirq context. | |
75a5f0cc JB |
6053 | * |
6054 | * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan | |
7947d3e0 | 6055 | * @info: information about the completed scan |
75a5f0cc | 6056 | */ |
7947d3e0 AS |
6057 | void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
6058 | struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); | |
f0706e82 | 6059 | |
79f460ca LC |
6060 | /** |
6061 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan | |
6062 | * | |
6063 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the | |
6064 | * driver whenever there are new scan results available. | |
6065 | * | |
6066 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | |
6067 | */ | |
6068 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6069 | ||
6070 | /** | |
6071 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped | |
6072 | * | |
6073 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by | |
6074 | * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. | |
6075 | * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan | |
6076 | * while associating, for instance. | |
6077 | * | |
6078 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans | |
6079 | */ | |
6080 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6081 | ||
8b2c9824 JB |
6082 | /** |
6083 | * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags | |
6084 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have | |
6085 | * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware | |
6086 | * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new | |
6087 | * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they | |
6088 | * haven't been re-added to the driver yet. | |
6089 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all | |
6090 | * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet. | |
3384d757 | 6091 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up). |
265a0708 BG |
6092 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA |
6093 | * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery | |
6094 | * for instance. | |
8b2c9824 JB |
6095 | */ |
6096 | enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags { | |
6097 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0, | |
6098 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0), | |
3384d757 | 6099 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1), |
265a0708 | 6100 | IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2), |
8b2c9824 JB |
6101 | }; |
6102 | ||
3384d757 AN |
6103 | /** |
6104 | * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces | |
6105 | * | |
6106 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
6107 | * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as | |
6108 | * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep. | |
6109 | * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). | |
6110 | * | |
6111 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
6112 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags | |
6113 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call | |
6114 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
6115 | */ | |
6116 | void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, | |
6117 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | |
6118 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
6119 | void *data); | |
6120 | ||
dabeb344 | 6121 | /** |
6ef307bc | 6122 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces |
dabeb344 JB |
6123 | * |
6124 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
6125 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
2f561feb ID |
6126 | * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator |
6127 | * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can | |
6128 | * be used. | |
8b2c9824 | 6129 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
dabeb344 JB |
6130 | * |
6131 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
8b2c9824 | 6132 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
2f561feb | 6133 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
dabeb344 JB |
6134 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
6135 | */ | |
3384d757 AN |
6136 | static inline void |
6137 | ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, | |
6138 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, | |
6139 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
6140 | void *data) | |
6141 | { | |
6142 | ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw, | |
6143 | iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE, | |
6144 | iterator, data); | |
6145 | } | |
dabeb344 | 6146 | |
2f561feb ID |
6147 | /** |
6148 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces | |
6149 | * | |
6150 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
6151 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
6152 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | |
6153 | * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. | |
8b2c9824 | 6154 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
2f561feb ID |
6155 | * |
6156 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
8b2c9824 | 6157 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
2f561feb ID |
6158 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
6159 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
6160 | */ | |
6161 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
8b2c9824 | 6162 | u32 iter_flags, |
2f561feb ID |
6163 | void (*iterator)(void *data, |
6164 | u8 *mac, | |
6165 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
6166 | void *data); | |
6167 | ||
c7c71066 | 6168 | /** |
a05829a7 | 6169 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces |
c7c71066 JB |
6170 | * |
6171 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given | |
6172 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. | |
34fb4db5 | 6173 | * This version can only be used while holding the wiphy mutex. |
c7c71066 JB |
6174 | * |
6175 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
6176 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags | |
6177 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | |
6178 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
6179 | */ | |
a05829a7 JB |
6180 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
6181 | u32 iter_flags, | |
6182 | void (*iterator)(void *data, | |
c7c71066 JB |
6183 | u8 *mac, |
6184 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), | |
a05829a7 | 6185 | void *data); |
c7c71066 | 6186 | |
0fc1e049 AN |
6187 | /** |
6188 | * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations | |
6189 | * | |
6190 | * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given | |
6191 | * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback | |
6192 | * function for them. | |
6193 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, | |
6194 | * | |
6195 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over | |
6196 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep | |
6197 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function | |
6198 | */ | |
6199 | void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6200 | void (*iterator)(void *data, | |
6201 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta), | |
6202 | void *data); | |
42935eca LR |
6203 | /** |
6204 | * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
6205 | * | |
6206 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. | |
6207 | * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. | |
6208 | * | |
6209 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | |
6210 | * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
6211 | */ | |
6212 | void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); | |
6213 | ||
6214 | /** | |
6215 | * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
6216 | * | |
6217 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 | |
6218 | * workqueue. | |
6219 | * | |
6220 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for | |
6221 | * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue | |
6222 | * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing | |
6223 | */ | |
6224 | void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6225 | struct delayed_work *dwork, | |
6226 | unsigned long delay); | |
6227 | ||
5383bfff RL |
6228 | /** |
6229 | * ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer - Refresh a tx agg session timer. | |
6230 | * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session | |
6231 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. | |
6232 | * | |
6233 | * This function allows low level driver to refresh tx agg session timer | |
6234 | * to maintain BA session, the session level will still be managed by the | |
6235 | * mac80211. | |
6236 | * | |
6237 | * Note: must be called in an RCU critical section. | |
6238 | */ | |
6239 | void ieee80211_refresh_tx_agg_session_timer(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
6240 | u16 tid); | |
6241 | ||
0df3ef45 RR |
6242 | /** |
6243 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. | |
c951ad35 | 6244 | * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session |
0df3ef45 | 6245 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
bd2ce6e4 | 6246 | * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) |
ea2d8b59 RD |
6247 | * |
6248 | * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise | |
0df3ef45 RR |
6249 | * |
6250 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | |
6251 | * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | |
6252 | * will be managed by the mac80211. | |
6253 | */ | |
bd2ce6e4 SM |
6254 | int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, |
6255 | u16 timeout); | |
0df3ef45 | 6256 | |
0df3ef45 RR |
6257 | /** |
6258 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. | |
1ed32e4f | 6259 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
0df3ef45 RR |
6260 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
6261 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. | |
6262 | * | |
6263 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | |
5d22c89b JB |
6264 | * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called |
6265 | * from any context. | |
0df3ef45 | 6266 | */ |
c951ad35 | 6267 | void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
0df3ef45 RR |
6268 | u16 tid); |
6269 | ||
6270 | /** | |
6271 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. | |
c951ad35 | 6272 | * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop |
0df3ef45 | 6273 | * @tid: the TID to stop BA. |
ea2d8b59 | 6274 | * |
6a8579d0 | 6275 | * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active |
0df3ef45 RR |
6276 | * |
6277 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate | |
6278 | * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level | |
6279 | * will be managed by the mac80211. | |
6280 | */ | |
6a8579d0 | 6281 | int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); |
0df3ef45 | 6282 | |
0df3ef45 RR |
6283 | /** |
6284 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. | |
1ed32e4f | 6285 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
0df3ef45 RR |
6286 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
6287 | * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. | |
6288 | * | |
6289 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has | |
5d22c89b JB |
6290 | * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It |
6291 | * can be called from any context. | |
0df3ef45 | 6292 | */ |
c951ad35 | 6293 | void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
0df3ef45 RR |
6294 | u16 tid); |
6295 | ||
17741cdc JB |
6296 | /** |
6297 | * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station | |
6298 | * | |
5ed176e1 | 6299 | * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on |
17741cdc JB |
6300 | * @addr: station's address |
6301 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
6302 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
6303 | * | |
6304 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the | |
17741cdc JB |
6305 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
6306 | */ | |
5ed176e1 | 6307 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
17741cdc JB |
6308 | const u8 *addr); |
6309 | ||
5ed176e1 | 6310 | /** |
686b9cb9 | 6311 | * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware |
5ed176e1 JB |
6312 | * |
6313 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
686b9cb9 BG |
6314 | * @addr: remote station's address |
6315 | * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. | |
5ed176e1 | 6316 | * |
0ae997dc YB |
6317 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
6318 | * | |
6319 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the | |
5ed176e1 JB |
6320 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
6321 | * | |
686b9cb9 BG |
6322 | * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get |
6323 | * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. | |
6324 | * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple | |
6325 | * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another | |
6326 | * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). | |
6327 | * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL | |
6328 | * is not reliable. | |
5ed176e1 | 6329 | * |
686b9cb9 | 6330 | * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. |
5ed176e1 | 6331 | */ |
686b9cb9 BG |
6332 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
6333 | const u8 *addr, | |
6334 | const u8 *localaddr); | |
5ed176e1 | 6335 | |
ffa9598e JB |
6336 | /** |
6337 | * ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs - find STA by link addresses | |
6338 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6339 | * @addr: remote station's link address | |
6340 | * @localaddr: local link address, use %NULL for any (but avoid that) | |
6341 | * @link_id: pointer to obtain the link ID if the STA is found, | |
6342 | * may be %NULL if the link ID is not needed | |
6343 | * | |
6344 | * Obtain the STA by link address, must use RCU protection. | |
6345 | */ | |
6346 | struct ieee80211_sta * | |
6347 | ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6348 | const u8 *addr, | |
6349 | const u8 *localaddr, | |
6350 | unsigned int *link_id); | |
6351 | ||
af818581 JB |
6352 | /** |
6353 | * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up | |
6354 | * @hw: the hardware | |
6355 | * @pubsta: the station | |
6356 | * @block: whether to block or unblock | |
6357 | * | |
6358 | * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues | |
6359 | * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before | |
6360 | * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be | |
6361 | * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected | |
6362 | * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. | |
6363 | * | |
6364 | * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free | |
6365 | * manner. | |
6366 | * | |
6367 | * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames | |
6368 | * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not | |
6369 | * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call | |
6370 | * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to | |
6371 | * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the | |
6372 | * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must | |
6373 | * call this function again to unblock the station. That will | |
6374 | * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if | |
6375 | * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also | |
6376 | * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver | |
6377 | * will be notified that the station woke up some time after | |
6378 | * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually | |
6379 | * woke up while blocked or not. | |
6380 | */ | |
6381 | void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6382 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); | |
6383 | ||
37fbd908 JB |
6384 | /** |
6385 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP | |
6386 | * @pubsta: the station | |
6387 | * | |
6388 | * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell | |
6389 | * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the | |
6390 | * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead. | |
6391 | * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD. | |
6392 | * | |
e943789e JB |
6393 | * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must |
6394 | * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function | |
6395 | * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or | |
6396 | * all non-irqsafe, don't mix! | |
6397 | * | |
6398 | * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no | |
6399 | * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if | |
6400 | * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history | |
6401 | * and restore the _irqsafe version! | |
37fbd908 | 6402 | */ |
e943789e | 6403 | void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
37fbd908 | 6404 | |
0ead2510 EG |
6405 | /** |
6406 | * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP | |
6407 | * @pubsta: the station | |
6408 | * @tid: the tid of the NDP | |
6409 | * | |
6410 | * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close | |
6411 | * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when | |
6412 | * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window. | |
6413 | * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a | |
6414 | * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the | |
6415 | * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to | |
6416 | * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any | |
6417 | * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong. | |
6418 | * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame | |
6419 | * will be sent despite the station being in power-save. | |
6420 | * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames(). | |
6421 | * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver | |
6422 | * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call | |
6423 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent. | |
6424 | */ | |
6425 | void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid); | |
6426 | ||
4c51541d BB |
6427 | /** |
6428 | * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates - recalculate aggregate data after a change | |
6429 | * @pubsta: the station | |
6430 | * | |
6431 | * Call this function after changing a per-link aggregate data as referenced in | |
6432 | * &struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates by accessing the agg field of | |
6433 | * &struct ieee80211_link_sta. | |
6434 | * | |
6435 | * With non MLO the data in deflink will be referenced directly. In that case | |
6436 | * there is no need to call this function. | |
6437 | */ | |
6438 | void ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); | |
6439 | ||
b4809e94 THJ |
6440 | /** |
6441 | * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid | |
6442 | * | |
c74114d7 | 6443 | * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call |
b4809e94 THJ |
6444 | * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of |
6445 | * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule | |
6446 | * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness. | |
6447 | * | |
6448 | * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent | |
6449 | * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not | |
6450 | * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the | |
6451 | * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame | |
6452 | * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission | |
6453 | * attempts. | |
6454 | * | |
6455 | * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or | |
6456 | * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available. | |
6457 | * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of | |
6458 | * them to 0. | |
6459 | * | |
6460 | * @pubsta: the station | |
6461 | * @tid: the TID to register airtime for | |
6462 | * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec) | |
6463 | * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec) | |
6464 | */ | |
6465 | void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, | |
6466 | u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime); | |
6467 | ||
3ace10f5 KY |
6468 | /** |
6469 | * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device | |
6470 | * | |
6471 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6472 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
6473 | * | |
6474 | * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can | |
6475 | * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false. | |
6476 | */ | |
6477 | bool | |
6478 | ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
6479 | ||
830af02f JB |
6480 | /** |
6481 | * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device | |
6482 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6483 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all | |
6484 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key | |
6485 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function | |
6486 | * | |
9adc8b65 JB |
6487 | * Context: Must be called with wiphy mutex held; can sleep. |
6488 | * | |
830af02f JB |
6489 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to |
6490 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into | |
6491 | * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device | |
9adc8b65 | 6492 | * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. |
f850e00f JB |
6493 | * |
6494 | * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order | |
6495 | * in which they were originally installed and handed to the | |
6496 | * set_key callback. | |
830af02f JB |
6497 | */ |
6498 | void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6499 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6500 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6501 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6502 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
6503 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
6504 | void *data), | |
6505 | void *iter_data); | |
6506 | ||
ef044763 EP |
6507 | /** |
6508 | * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device | |
6509 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6510 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all | |
6511 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key | |
6512 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function | |
6513 | * | |
6514 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to | |
6515 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into | |
6516 | * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station | |
6517 | * in removal process will be skipped. | |
6518 | * | |
6519 | * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section, | |
6520 | * and thus iter must be atomic. | |
6521 | */ | |
6522 | void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6523 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6524 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6525 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6526 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
6527 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, | |
6528 | void *data), | |
6529 | void *iter_data); | |
6530 | ||
3448c005 JB |
6531 | /** |
6532 | * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts | |
ae4a50ee | 6533 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
3448c005 JB |
6534 | * @iter: iterator function |
6535 | * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function | |
6536 | * | |
6537 | * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and | |
6538 | * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other | |
6539 | * places while calling into the driver. | |
6540 | * | |
6541 | * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during | |
6542 | * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being | |
6543 | * removed. | |
8a61af65 JB |
6544 | * |
6545 | * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed | |
6546 | * before the restart are considered already present so will be | |
6547 | * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already | |
6548 | * or not. | |
3448c005 JB |
6549 | */ |
6550 | void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic( | |
6551 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6552 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6553 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf, | |
6554 | void *data), | |
6555 | void *iter_data); | |
6556 | ||
a619a4c0 JO |
6557 | /** |
6558 | * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template | |
6559 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
6560 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6561 | * | |
6562 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to | |
6563 | * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate | |
6564 | * information. This function must only be called from within the | |
6565 | * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function | |
6566 | * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return | |
0ae997dc YB |
6567 | * %NULL. |
6568 | * | |
6569 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. | |
a619a4c0 JO |
6570 | */ |
6571 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6572 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
6573 | ||
04de8381 KV |
6574 | /** |
6575 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons | |
6576 | * | |
1ed32e4f | 6577 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
04de8381 | 6578 | * |
c1288b12 | 6579 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and |
1e4dcd01 | 6580 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the |
04de8381 KV |
6581 | * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. |
6582 | */ | |
6583 | void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
4b7679a5 | 6584 | |
1e4dcd01 JO |
6585 | /** |
6586 | * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP | |
6587 | * | |
6588 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6589 | * | |
c1288b12 | 6590 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and |
1e4dcd01 JO |
6591 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver |
6592 | * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. | |
682bd38b JB |
6593 | * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated |
6594 | * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set. | |
1e4dcd01 JO |
6595 | * |
6596 | * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, | |
6597 | * without connection recovery attempts. | |
6598 | */ | |
6599 | void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
6600 | ||
3f8a39ff JB |
6601 | /** |
6602 | * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection | |
6603 | * | |
6604 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6605 | * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired | |
6606 | * | |
6607 | * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a | |
6608 | * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired. | |
6609 | */ | |
6610 | void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect); | |
6611 | ||
95acac61 JB |
6612 | /** |
6613 | * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume | |
6614 | * | |
6615 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6616 | * | |
6617 | * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume. | |
6618 | * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the | |
6619 | * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were | |
6620 | * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or | |
6621 | * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume. | |
6622 | * | |
6623 | * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses | |
6624 | * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface | |
6625 | * will still be added as associated first during resume and then | |
6626 | * disconnect normally later. | |
6627 | * | |
6628 | * This function can only be called from the resume callback and | |
6629 | * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it | |
6630 | * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the | |
6631 | * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto). | |
6632 | */ | |
6633 | void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
f90754c1 | 6634 | |
7d352ccf YC |
6635 | /** |
6636 | * ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect - disconnect from AP after | |
6637 | * hardware restart | |
6638 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6639 | * | |
6640 | * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after | |
6641 | * hardware restart. | |
6642 | */ | |
6643 | void ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
6644 | ||
a97c13c3 JO |
6645 | /** |
6646 | * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring | |
6647 | * rssi threshold triggered | |
6648 | * | |
6649 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6650 | * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type | |
769f07d8 | 6651 | * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
a97c13c3 JO |
6652 | * @gfp: context flags |
6653 | * | |
ea086359 | 6654 | * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality |
a97c13c3 JO |
6655 | * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform |
6656 | * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. | |
6657 | */ | |
6658 | void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6659 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, | |
769f07d8 | 6660 | s32 rssi_level, |
a97c13c3 JO |
6661 | gfp_t gfp); |
6662 | ||
98f03342 JB |
6663 | /** |
6664 | * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss | |
6665 | * | |
6666 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6667 | * @gfp: context flags | |
6668 | */ | |
6669 | void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp); | |
6670 | ||
164eb02d SW |
6671 | /** |
6672 | * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected | |
6673 | * | |
6674 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6675 | */ | |
6676 | void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6677 | ||
5ce6e438 JB |
6678 | /** |
6679 | * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process | |
6680 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6681 | * @success: make the channel switch successful or not | |
a469a593 EG |
6682 | * @link_id: the link_id on which the switch was done. Ignored if success is |
6683 | * false. | |
5ce6e438 JB |
6684 | * |
6685 | * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel | |
6686 | * and wake up the suspended queues. | |
6687 | */ | |
a469a593 EG |
6688 | void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success, |
6689 | unsigned int link_id); | |
5ce6e438 | 6690 | |
6d501764 NE |
6691 | /** |
6692 | * ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect - disconnect due to channel switch error | |
82757b79 | 6693 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
6d501764 NE |
6694 | * @block_tx: if %true, do not send deauth frame. |
6695 | * | |
6696 | * Instruct mac80211 to disconnect due to a channel switch error. The channel | |
6697 | * switch can request to block the tx and so, we need to make sure we do not send | |
6698 | * a deauth frame in this case. | |
6699 | */ | |
6700 | void ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6701 | bool block_tx); | |
6702 | ||
d1f5b7a3 JB |
6703 | /** |
6704 | * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition | |
6705 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
e9aac179 | 6706 | * @link_id: link ID for MLO, or 0 |
633dd1ea | 6707 | * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode |
d1f5b7a3 JB |
6708 | * |
6709 | * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed | |
6710 | * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than | |
6711 | * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. | |
6712 | */ | |
e9aac179 | 6713 | void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id, |
d1f5b7a3 JB |
6714 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); |
6715 | ||
21f83589 JB |
6716 | /** |
6717 | * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start | |
6718 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6719 | */ | |
6720 | void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6721 | ||
6722 | /** | |
6723 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired | |
6724 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6725 | */ | |
6726 | void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); | |
6727 | ||
f41ccd71 SL |
6728 | /** |
6729 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions | |
6730 | * | |
6731 | * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device | |
6732 | * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba | |
6733 | * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs | |
6734 | * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)." | |
6735 | * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and | |
6736 | * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation. | |
6737 | * | |
6738 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6739 | * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid | |
6740 | * @addr: & to bssid mac address | |
6741 | */ | |
6742 | void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap, | |
6743 | const u8 *addr); | |
6744 | ||
06470f74 SS |
6745 | /** |
6746 | * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered | |
6747 | * @pubsta: station struct | |
6748 | * @tid: the session's TID | |
6749 | * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are | |
6750 | * assumed to be out of the window after the call | |
6751 | * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc. | |
6752 | * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware | |
6753 | * | |
6754 | * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and | |
6755 | * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it | |
6756 | * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released | |
6757 | * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.) | |
b98c1610 | 6758 | * (Only work correctly if @max_rx_aggregation_subframes <= 64 frames) |
06470f74 SS |
6759 | */ |
6760 | void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, | |
6761 | u16 ssn, u64 filtered, | |
6762 | u16 received_mpdus); | |
6763 | ||
8c771244 FF |
6764 | /** |
6765 | * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame | |
6766 | * | |
6767 | * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder | |
6768 | * buffer. | |
6769 | * | |
6770 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
6771 | * @ra: the peer's destination address | |
6772 | * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session | |
6773 | * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver | |
6774 | */ | |
6775 | void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn); | |
6776 | ||
1272c5d8 LC |
6777 | /** |
6778 | * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work | |
6779 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
6780 | * @addr: station mac address | |
6781 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
6782 | */ | |
699cb58c | 6783 | void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr, |
1272c5d8 | 6784 | unsigned int tid); |
699cb58c | 6785 | |
08cf42e8 MK |
6786 | /** |
6787 | * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session | |
6788 | * | |
6789 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including | |
6790 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx | |
6791 | * reordering. | |
6792 | * | |
6793 | * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here | |
6794 | * when they complete AddBa negotiation. | |
6795 | * | |
6796 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
6797 | * @addr: station mac address | |
6798 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
6799 | */ | |
699cb58c JB |
6800 | static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
6801 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) | |
6802 | { | |
6803 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) | |
6804 | return; | |
6805 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid); | |
6806 | } | |
08cf42e8 MK |
6807 | |
6808 | /** | |
6809 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session | |
6810 | * | |
6811 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including | |
6812 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx | |
6813 | * reordering. | |
6814 | * | |
6815 | * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here | |
6816 | * when they complete DelBa negotiation. | |
6817 | * | |
6818 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
6819 | * @addr: station mac address | |
6820 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
6821 | */ | |
699cb58c JB |
6822 | static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
6823 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) | |
6824 | { | |
6825 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) | |
6826 | return; | |
6827 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS); | |
6828 | } | |
08cf42e8 | 6829 | |
04c2cf34 NG |
6830 | /** |
6831 | * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout | |
6832 | * | |
6833 | * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx | |
6834 | * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer. | |
6835 | * | |
6836 | * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa. | |
6837 | * | |
6838 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback | |
6839 | * @addr: station mac address | |
6840 | * @tid: the rx tid | |
6841 | */ | |
6842 | void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
6843 | const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid); | |
6844 | ||
4b7679a5 | 6845 | /* Rate control API */ |
e6a9854b | 6846 | |
4b7679a5 | 6847 | /** |
e6a9854b JB |
6848 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo |
6849 | * | |
6850 | * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. | |
6851 | * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. | |
6852 | * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration | |
f44d4eb5 SW |
6853 | * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs |
6854 | * to be filled in | |
e6a9854b JB |
6855 | * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate |
6856 | * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and | |
6857 | * used for rate calculations in the mesh network. | |
6858 | * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the | |
6859 | * RTS threshold | |
6860 | * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission | |
6861 | * if the selected rate supports it | |
f44d4eb5 | 6862 | * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask |
2ffbe6d3 | 6863 | * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use) |
8f0729b1 | 6864 | * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode |
e6a9854b JB |
6865 | */ |
6866 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { | |
6867 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw; | |
6868 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; | |
6869 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; | |
6870 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
6871 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; | |
6872 | bool rts, short_preamble; | |
37eb0b16 | 6873 | u32 rate_idx_mask; |
2ffbe6d3 | 6874 | u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask; |
8f0729b1 | 6875 | bool bss; |
4b7679a5 JB |
6876 | }; |
6877 | ||
09b4a4fa JB |
6878 | /** |
6879 | * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities | |
6880 | */ | |
6881 | enum rate_control_capabilities { | |
6882 | /** | |
6883 | * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: | |
6884 | * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable) | |
6885 | * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains | |
6886 | * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has, | |
6887 | * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us. | |
6888 | */ | |
6889 | RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0), | |
08a46c64 FF |
6890 | /** |
6891 | * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER: | |
6892 | * mac80211 should start A-MPDU sessions on tx | |
6893 | */ | |
6894 | RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER = BIT(1), | |
09b4a4fa JB |
6895 | }; |
6896 | ||
4b7679a5 | 6897 | struct rate_control_ops { |
09b4a4fa | 6898 | unsigned long capa; |
4b7679a5 | 6899 | const char *name; |
6cb5f3ea JB |
6900 | void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
6901 | void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv, | |
6902 | struct dentry *debugfsdir); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
6903 | void (*free)(void *priv); |
6904 | ||
6905 | void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); | |
6906 | void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
3de805cf | 6907 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
4b7679a5 | 6908 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); |
81cb7623 | 6909 | void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
3de805cf | 6910 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
64f68e5d JB |
6911 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
6912 | u32 changed); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
6913 | void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
6914 | void *priv_sta); | |
6915 | ||
18fb84d9 FF |
6916 | void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv, |
6917 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
6918 | void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
6919 | void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
6920 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, | |
6921 | struct sk_buff *skb); | |
e6a9854b JB |
6922 | void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
6923 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
6924 | |
6925 | void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, | |
6926 | struct dentry *dir); | |
cca674d4 AQ |
6927 | |
6928 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta); | |
4b7679a5 JB |
6929 | }; |
6930 | ||
6931 | static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, | |
57fbcce3 | 6932 | enum nl80211_band band, |
4b7679a5 JB |
6933 | int index) |
6934 | { | |
046d2e7c | 6935 | return (sta == NULL || sta->deflink.supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); |
4b7679a5 JB |
6936 | } |
6937 | ||
6938 | static inline s8 | |
6939 | rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
6940 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | |
6941 | { | |
6942 | int i; | |
6943 | ||
6944 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | |
6945 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | |
6946 | return i; | |
6947 | ||
6948 | /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ | |
54d5026e | 6949 | WARN_ON_ONCE(1); |
4b7679a5 | 6950 | |
54d5026e | 6951 | /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */ |
4b7679a5 JB |
6952 | return 0; |
6953 | } | |
6954 | ||
b770b43e LR |
6955 | static inline |
6956 | bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
6957 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) | |
6958 | { | |
6959 | unsigned int i; | |
6960 | ||
6961 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) | |
6962 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) | |
6963 | return true; | |
6964 | return false; | |
6965 | } | |
4b7679a5 | 6966 | |
0d528d85 FF |
6967 | /** |
6968 | * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver | |
6969 | * | |
6970 | * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass | |
6971 | * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station | |
6972 | * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on | |
6973 | * the most recent rate control module decision. | |
6974 | * | |
6975 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
6976 | * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. | |
6977 | * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station. | |
6978 | */ | |
6979 | int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
6980 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, | |
6981 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates); | |
6982 | ||
631ad703 JB |
6983 | int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
6984 | void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); | |
4b7679a5 | 6985 | |
10c806b3 LR |
6986 | static inline bool |
6987 | conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6988 | { | |
675a0b04 | 6989 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
10c806b3 LR |
6990 | } |
6991 | ||
6992 | static inline bool | |
6993 | conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
6994 | { | |
675a0b04 KB |
6995 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
6996 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; | |
10c806b3 LR |
6997 | } |
6998 | ||
6999 | static inline bool | |
7000 | conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
7001 | { | |
675a0b04 KB |
7002 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
7003 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; | |
10c806b3 LR |
7004 | } |
7005 | ||
7006 | static inline bool | |
7007 | conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
7008 | { | |
675a0b04 | 7009 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40; |
10c806b3 LR |
7010 | } |
7011 | ||
7012 | static inline bool | |
7013 | conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) | |
7014 | { | |
041f607d RL |
7015 | return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) && |
7016 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) && | |
7017 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT); | |
10c806b3 LR |
7018 | } |
7019 | ||
2ca27bcf JB |
7020 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
7021 | ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | if (p2p) { | |
7024 | switch (type) { | |
7025 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: | |
7026 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; | |
7027 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: | |
7028 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; | |
7029 | default: | |
7030 | break; | |
7031 | } | |
7032 | } | |
7033 | return type; | |
7034 | } | |
7035 | ||
7036 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype | |
7037 | ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
7038 | { | |
7039 | return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); | |
7040 | } | |
7041 | ||
1ec7291e JB |
7042 | /** |
7043 | * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif - return HE capabilities for sband/vif | |
7044 | * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on | |
7045 | * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from | |
7046 | * | |
7047 | * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or %NULL is none found | |
7048 | */ | |
7049 | static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * | |
7050 | ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
7051 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
7052 | { | |
7053 | return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)); | |
7054 | } | |
7055 | ||
7056 | /** | |
7057 | * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif - return HE 6 GHz capabilities | |
7058 | * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on | |
7059 | * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from | |
7060 | * | |
7061 | * Return: the 6GHz capabilities | |
7062 | */ | |
7063 | static inline __le16 | |
7064 | ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
7065 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
7066 | { | |
7067 | return ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)); | |
7068 | } | |
7069 | ||
7070 | /** | |
7071 | * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif - return ETH capabilities for sband/vif | |
7072 | * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on | |
7073 | * @vif: the vif to get the iftype from | |
7074 | * | |
7075 | * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or %NULL is none found | |
7076 | */ | |
7077 | static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * | |
7078 | ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap_vif(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, | |
7079 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif) | |
7080 | { | |
7081 | return ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(sband, ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(vif)); | |
7082 | } | |
7083 | ||
65554d07 SS |
7084 | /** |
7085 | * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data | |
7086 | * | |
7087 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface | |
afe0d181 | 7088 | * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, otherwise 0 |
65554d07 SS |
7089 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group |
7090 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group | |
7091 | * | |
7092 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and | |
7093 | * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the | |
7094 | * matching GroupId management frame. | |
7095 | * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path. | |
7096 | */ | |
afe0d181 | 7097 | void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id, |
65554d07 SS |
7098 | const u8 *membership, const u8 *position); |
7099 | ||
615f7b9b MV |
7100 | void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
7101 | int rssi_min_thold, | |
7102 | int rssi_max_thold); | |
7103 | ||
7104 | void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
768db343 | 7105 | |
0d8a0a17 | 7106 | /** |
0ae997dc | 7107 | * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface |
0d8a0a17 WYG |
7108 | * |
7109 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface | |
7110 | * | |
0ae997dc YB |
7111 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid. |
7112 | * | |
7113 | * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not | |
7114 | * applicable. | |
0d8a0a17 | 7115 | */ |
1dae27f8 WYG |
7116 | int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
7117 | ||
cd8f7cb4 JB |
7118 | /** |
7119 | * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup | |
7120 | * @vif: virtual interface | |
7121 | * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s) | |
7122 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
7123 | * | |
7124 | * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(). | |
7125 | */ | |
7126 | void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
7127 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, | |
7128 | gfp_t gfp); | |
7129 | ||
06be6b14 FF |
7130 | /** |
7131 | * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission | |
7132 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7133 | * @vif: virtual interface | |
7134 | * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver | |
7135 | * @band: the band to transmit on | |
7136 | * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to | |
7137 | * | |
7138 | * Note: must be called under RCU lock | |
7139 | */ | |
7140 | bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7141 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb, | |
7142 | int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta); | |
7143 | ||
cb17ed29 | 7144 | /** |
b1e8eb11 | 7145 | * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header |
bddc0c41 MV |
7146 | * of injected frames. |
7147 | * | |
7148 | * To accurately parse and take into account rate and retransmission fields, | |
7149 | * you must initialize the chandef field in the ieee80211_tx_info structure | |
7150 | * of the skb before calling this function. | |
7151 | * | |
cb17ed29 MV |
7152 | * @skb: packet injected by userspace |
7153 | * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device | |
7154 | */ | |
7155 | bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb, | |
7156 | struct net_device *dev); | |
7157 | ||
a7022e65 FF |
7158 | /** |
7159 | * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state | |
7160 | * | |
7161 | * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change | |
7162 | * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending | |
7163 | * | |
7164 | * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent | |
7165 | * | |
7166 | * private: | |
7167 | * | |
7168 | * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors | |
7169 | * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA | |
7170 | */ | |
7171 | struct ieee80211_noa_data { | |
7172 | u32 next_tsf; | |
7173 | bool has_next_tsf; | |
7174 | ||
7175 | u8 absent; | |
7176 | ||
7177 | u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; | |
7178 | struct { | |
7179 | u32 start; | |
7180 | u32 duration; | |
7181 | u32 interval; | |
7182 | } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; | |
7183 | }; | |
7184 | ||
7185 | /** | |
7186 | * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE | |
7187 | * | |
7188 | * @attr: P2P NoA IE | |
7189 | * @data: NoA tracking data | |
7190 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp | |
7191 | * | |
7192 | * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors | |
7193 | */ | |
7194 | int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr, | |
7195 | struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); | |
7196 | ||
7197 | /** | |
7198 | * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change | |
7199 | * | |
7200 | * @data: NoA tracking data | |
7201 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp | |
7202 | */ | |
7203 | void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); | |
7204 | ||
c887f0d3 | 7205 | /** |
b1e8eb11 | 7206 | * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation |
c887f0d3 AN |
7207 | * @vif: virtual interface |
7208 | * @peer: the peer's destination address | |
7209 | * @oper: the requested TDLS operation | |
7210 | * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown | |
7211 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
7212 | * | |
7213 | * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(). | |
7214 | */ | |
7215 | void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer, | |
7216 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, | |
7217 | u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); | |
a7f3a768 | 7218 | |
b6da911b LK |
7219 | /** |
7220 | * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID | |
7221 | * | |
7222 | * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from | |
7223 | * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such | |
7224 | * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID, | |
7225 | * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks | |
7226 | * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be | |
7227 | * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC. | |
7228 | * | |
7229 | * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it | |
7230 | * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should | |
7231 | * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback. | |
7232 | * | |
7233 | * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for | |
7234 | * @tid: the TID to reserve | |
7235 | * | |
7236 | * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure | |
7237 | */ | |
7238 | int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
7239 | ||
7240 | /** | |
7241 | * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID | |
7242 | * | |
7243 | * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function | |
7244 | * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for | |
7245 | * preventing use of this TID in the driver. | |
7246 | * | |
7247 | * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called | |
7248 | * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called | |
7249 | * from the driver's @sta_state callback. | |
7250 | * | |
7251 | * @sta: the station | |
7252 | * @tid: the TID to unreserve | |
7253 | */ | |
7254 | void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); | |
7255 | ||
ba8c3d6f FF |
7256 | /** |
7257 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue | |
7258 | * | |
7259 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
18667600 THJ |
7260 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from |
7261 | * ieee80211_next_txq() | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
7262 | * |
7263 | * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available. | |
fca1279f JB |
7264 | * |
7265 | * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section, | |
7266 | * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in | |
66b239d2 | 7267 | * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the |
fca1279f JB |
7268 | * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call |
7269 | * but for the duration of the frame handling. | |
7270 | * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method, | |
7271 | * rcu_read_lock() is already held. | |
fb0e76ab ES |
7272 | * |
7273 | * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called. | |
7274 | * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead. | |
ba8c3d6f FF |
7275 | */ |
7276 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7277 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
f2ac7e30 | 7278 | |
fb0e76ab ES |
7279 | /** |
7280 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue | |
7281 | * (in process context) | |
7282 | * | |
7283 | * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context | |
7284 | * (internally disables bottom halves). | |
7285 | * | |
7286 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7287 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from | |
7288 | * ieee80211_next_txq() | |
7289 | */ | |
7290 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7291 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq) | |
7292 | { | |
7293 | struct sk_buff *skb; | |
7294 | ||
7295 | local_bh_disable(); | |
7296 | skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq); | |
7297 | local_bh_enable(); | |
7298 | ||
7299 | return skb; | |
7300 | } | |
7301 | ||
c850e31f AW |
7302 | /** |
7303 | * ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue - mac80211 handler for wake_tx_queue callback | |
7304 | * | |
7305 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback(). | |
7306 | * @txq: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback(). | |
7307 | * | |
7308 | * Drivers can use this function for the mandatory mac80211 wake_tx_queue | |
7309 | * callback in struct ieee80211_ops. They should not call this function. | |
7310 | */ | |
7311 | void ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7312 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
7313 | ||
18667600 THJ |
7314 | /** |
7315 | * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from | |
7316 | * | |
7317 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7318 | * @ac: AC number to return packets from. | |
7319 | * | |
18667600 THJ |
7320 | * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq |
7321 | * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the | |
7322 | * driver has finished scheduling it. | |
7323 | */ | |
7324 | struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); | |
7325 | ||
7326 | /** | |
5b989c18 | 7327 | * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs |
18667600 THJ |
7328 | * |
7329 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7330 | * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for | |
7331 | * | |
5b989c18 FF |
7332 | * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq(). |
7333 | * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently. | |
18667600 | 7334 | */ |
5b989c18 FF |
7335 | void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); |
7336 | ||
7337 | /* (deprecated) */ | |
7338 | static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac) | |
7339 | { | |
7340 | } | |
18667600 | 7341 | |
942741da FF |
7342 | void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
7343 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force); | |
7344 | ||
18667600 | 7345 | /** |
5b989c18 | 7346 | * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission |
18667600 THJ |
7347 | * |
7348 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
5b989c18 | 7349 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
18667600 | 7350 | * |
2b4a6698 FF |
7351 | * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled, |
7352 | * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered. | |
7353 | * | |
7354 | * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for | |
7355 | * this TXQ internally. | |
18667600 | 7356 | */ |
942741da FF |
7357 | static inline void |
7358 | ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq) | |
7359 | { | |
7360 | __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true); | |
7361 | } | |
18667600 | 7362 | |
390298e8 | 7363 | /** |
5b989c18 | 7364 | * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq() |
390298e8 THJ |
7365 | * |
7366 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7367 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
2b4a6698 FF |
7368 | * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets. |
7369 | * | |
7370 | * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ | |
7371 | * internally. | |
390298e8 | 7372 | */ |
942741da FF |
7373 | static inline void |
7374 | ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq, | |
7375 | bool force) | |
7376 | { | |
7377 | __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force); | |
7378 | } | |
390298e8 | 7379 | |
b4809e94 THJ |
7380 | /** |
7381 | * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit | |
7382 | * | |
7383 | * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by | |
7384 | * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime | |
cbb56fba | 7385 | * fairness accounting without using the scheduling order enforced by |
b4809e94 THJ |
7386 | * next_txq(). |
7387 | * | |
7388 | * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to | |
7389 | * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have | |
7390 | * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will | |
7391 | * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit | |
7392 | * again. | |
7393 | * | |
7394 | * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be | |
ae4a50ee | 7395 | * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates |
b4809e94 THJ |
7396 | * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry |
7397 | * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this | |
7398 | * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets | |
7399 | * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq(). | |
7400 | * | |
7401 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7402 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
7403 | */ | |
7404 | bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7405 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); | |
7406 | ||
f2ac7e30 MK |
7407 | /** |
7408 | * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq | |
7409 | * | |
7410 | * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e. | |
7411 | * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up | |
7412 | * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa. | |
7413 | * | |
7414 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface | |
7415 | * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count | |
7416 | * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count | |
7417 | */ | |
7418 | void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq, | |
7419 | unsigned long *frame_cnt, | |
7420 | unsigned long *byte_cnt); | |
167e33f4 AB |
7421 | |
7422 | /** | |
7423 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. | |
7424 | * | |
7425 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination. | |
7426 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. | |
7427 | * | |
7428 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7429 | * @inst_id: the local instance id | |
7430 | * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) | |
7431 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
7432 | */ | |
7433 | void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
7434 | u8 inst_id, | |
7435 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, | |
7436 | gfp_t gfp); | |
92bc43bc AB |
7437 | |
7438 | /** | |
7439 | * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event. | |
7440 | * | |
7441 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The | |
7442 | * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211. | |
7443 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. | |
7444 | * | |
7445 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7446 | * @match: match event information | |
7447 | * @gfp: allocation flags | |
7448 | */ | |
7449 | void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
7450 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, | |
7451 | gfp_t gfp); | |
7452 | ||
db3e1c40 THJ |
7453 | /** |
7454 | * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX. | |
7455 | * | |
7456 | * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the | |
7457 | * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length. | |
7458 | * | |
7459 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7460 | * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate | |
7461 | * information. | |
7462 | * @len: frame length in bytes | |
7463 | */ | |
7464 | u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7465 | struct ieee80211_rx_status *status, | |
7466 | int len); | |
7467 | ||
7468 | /** | |
7469 | * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX. | |
7470 | * | |
7471 | * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the | |
7472 | * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length. | |
7473 | * | |
7474 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() | |
7475 | * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. | |
7476 | * @len: frame length in bytes | |
7477 | */ | |
7478 | u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7479 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, | |
7480 | int len); | |
50ff477a JC |
7481 | /** |
7482 | * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading. | |
7483 | * | |
7484 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3 | |
7485 | * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the | |
7486 | * hardware or firmware. | |
7487 | * | |
7488 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7489 | * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off | |
7490 | */ | |
7491 | bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable); | |
db3e1c40 | 7492 | |
295b02c4 AD |
7493 | /** |
7494 | * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template. | |
7495 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
7496 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7497 | * | |
7498 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
7499 | * | |
7500 | * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error. | |
7501 | */ | |
7502 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7503 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
632189a0 AD |
7504 | |
7505 | /** | |
7506 | * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast | |
7507 | * probe response template. | |
7508 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). | |
7509 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7510 | * | |
7511 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. | |
7512 | * | |
7513 | * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error. | |
7514 | */ | |
7515 | struct sk_buff * | |
7516 | ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7517 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); | |
cff7b5ca | 7518 | |
5f9404ab | 7519 | /** |
82253dda | 7520 | * ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify userland about a BSS color |
5f9404ab JC |
7521 | * collision. |
7522 | * | |
7523 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. | |
7524 | * @color_bitmap: a 64 bit bitmap representing the colors that the local BSS is | |
7525 | * aware of. | |
7526 | */ | |
7527 | void | |
82253dda | 7528 | ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
6f656131 | 7529 | u64 color_bitmap); |
5f9404ab | 7530 | |
cff7b5ca PB |
7531 | /** |
7532 | * ieee80211_is_tx_data - check if frame is a data frame | |
7533 | * | |
7534 | * The function is used to check if a frame is a data frame. Frames with | |
7535 | * hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames. | |
7536 | * | |
7537 | * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. | |
7538 | */ | |
7539 | static inline bool ieee80211_is_tx_data(struct sk_buff *skb) | |
7540 | { | |
7541 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info = IEEE80211_SKB_CB(skb); | |
7542 | struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (void *) skb->data; | |
7543 | ||
7544 | return info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP || | |
7545 | ieee80211_is_data(hdr->frame_control); | |
7546 | } | |
7547 | ||
3d901102 JB |
7548 | /** |
7549 | * ieee80211_set_active_links - set active links in client mode | |
7550 | * @vif: interface to set active links on | |
7551 | * @active_links: the new active links bitmap | |
7552 | * | |
9adc8b65 JB |
7553 | * Context: Must be called with wiphy mutex held; may sleep; calls |
7554 | * back into the driver. | |
7555 | * | |
3d901102 JB |
7556 | * This changes the active links on an interface. The interface |
7557 | * must be in client mode (in AP mode, all links are always active), | |
7558 | * and @active_links must be a subset of the vif's valid_links. | |
7559 | * | |
7560 | * If a link is switched off and another is switched on at the same | |
7561 | * time (e.g. active_links going from 0x1 to 0x10) then you will get | |
7562 | * a sequence of calls like | |
9adc8b65 | 7563 | * |
3d901102 JB |
7564 | * - change_vif_links(0x11) |
7565 | * - unassign_vif_chanctx(link_id=0) | |
7566 | * - change_sta_links(0x11) for each affected STA (the AP) | |
7567 | * (TDLS connections on now inactive links should be torn down) | |
7568 | * - remove group keys on the old link (link_id 0) | |
7569 | * - add new group keys (GTK/IGTK/BIGTK) on the new link (link_id 4) | |
7570 | * - change_sta_links(0x10) for each affected STA (the AP) | |
7571 | * - assign_vif_chanctx(link_id=4) | |
7572 | * - change_vif_links(0x10) | |
3d901102 JB |
7573 | */ |
7574 | int ieee80211_set_active_links(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 active_links); | |
7575 | ||
7576 | /** | |
7577 | * ieee80211_set_active_links_async - asynchronously set active links | |
7578 | * @vif: interface to set active links on | |
7579 | * @active_links: the new active links bitmap | |
7580 | * | |
7581 | * See ieee80211_set_active_links() for more information, the only | |
7582 | * difference here is that the link change is triggered async and | |
7583 | * can be called in any context, but the link switch will only be | |
7584 | * completed after it returns. | |
7585 | */ | |
7586 | void ieee80211_set_active_links_async(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, | |
7587 | u16 active_links); | |
7588 | ||
0a44dfc0 JB |
7589 | /* for older drivers - let's not document these ... */ |
7590 | int ieee80211_emulate_add_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7591 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
7592 | void ieee80211_emulate_remove_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7593 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); | |
7594 | void ieee80211_emulate_change_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7595 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx, | |
7596 | u32 changed); | |
7597 | int ieee80211_emulate_switch_vif_chanctx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, | |
7598 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs, | |
7599 | int n_vifs, | |
7600 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode); | |
7601 | ||
f0706e82 | 7602 | #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |